requests college project library experiment...northern cape department of education 2016/17 project...

Northern CapeDepartment of Education

2016/17

Project

HistoryMinitexOral

Library

UniversityCollege

Experiment

Cent

Requests

Project

History

Minitex

OralLibrary

University

College

Experiment

Cent

Requests

Project

History

Requests

OralLibrary

College

Cent

MinitexUniversity

Experiment

MinitexUniversity

ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Exp

erim

ent

Project

History

MinitexUniversity

Experiment

MinitexUniversity

Experiment

OralLibrary

College

CentMinitexUniversity

ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Experim

ent

MinitexUniversity

ExperimentOralLibrary

College


ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Exp

erim

ent

PROJECT

Project

History

Requests

UNIVERSITY

OralLibrary

College

Cent

Oral

Library

College

Cent

EXPERIM

ENT

Project

History

Requests

MinitexUniversity


College


ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Experim

ent

HISTORY

1

VOTE 4

2016/17

ANNUAL REPORT

PR215/2017

ISBN: 978-0-621-45630-1

Title of Publication: Northern Cape Department of Education

Annual Report for 2016/2017

Annual Report for 2016/17 Financial Year Vote 4: Department of Education

Province of Northern Cape

2

Contents PART A: GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................. 4

1. DEPARTMENT GENERAL INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 5

2. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS ......................................................................................... 6

3. FOREWORD BY THE MEC ............................................................................................................ 7

4. REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTING OFFICER ..................................................................................... 8

5. STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY AND CONFIRMATION OF ACCURACY FOR THE ANNUAL REPORT.................................................................................................................................................. 17

6. STRATEGIC OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................. 18

6.1. Vision ................................................................................................................................. 18

6.2. Mission .............................................................................................................................. 18

6.3. Values ................................................................................................................................ 18

7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES ...................................................................................... 18

8. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE ................................................................................................. 20

9. ENTITIES REPORTING TO THE MINISTER/MEC .......................................................................... 21

PART B: PERFORMANCE INFORMATION ....................................................................... 22

1. AUDITOR GENERAL’S REPORT: PREDETERMINED OBJECTIVES ................................................. 23

2. OVERVIEW OF DEPARTMENTAL PERFORMANCE ...................................................................... 23

2.1 Service Delivery Environment ........................................................................................... 23

2.2 Service Delivery Improvement Plan .................................................................................. 29

2.3 Organisational environment ............................................................................................. 31

2.4 Key policy developments and legislative changes ............................................................ 32

3. STRATEGIC OUTCOME ORIENTED GOALS ................................................................................. 32

4. PERFORMANCE INFORMATION BY PROGRAMME .................................................................... 34

4.1 Programme 1: ADMINISTRATION ..................................................................................... 35

4.2 Programme 2: PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOL EDUCATION .................................................. 43

4.3 Programme 3: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL SUBSIDIES ........................................................... 50

4.4 Programme 4: PUBLIC SPECIAL SCHOOL EDUCATION ...................................................... 53

4.5 Programme 5: EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT .......................................................... 57

4.6 Programme 6: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT ............................................................ 63

4.7 Programme 7: EXAMINATION AND EDUCATION-RELATED SERVICES .............................. 69

5. TRANSFER PAYMENTS ............................................................................................................... 78



3

5.1. Transfer payments to public entities ................................................................................ 78

5.2. Transfer payments to all organisations other than public entities ................................... 79

6. CONDITIONAL GRANTS ............................................................................................................. 81

6.1. Conditional grants and earmarked funds paid ................................................................. 81

6.2. Conditional grants and earmarked funds received ........................................................... 81

7. DONOR FUNDS .......................................................................................................................... 83

7.1. Donor Funds Received ...................................................................................................... 83

8. CAPITAL INVESTMENT ............................................................................................................... 85

8.1. Capital investment, maintenance and asset management plan ...................................... 85

PART C: GOVERNANCE ................................................................................................... 86

1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 87

2. RISK MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................. 87

3. FRAUD AND CORRUPTION ........................................................................................................ 87

4. MINIMISING CONFLICT OF INTEREST ........................................................................................ 87

5. CODE OF CONDUCT ................................................................................................................... 88

6. HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES ...................................................................... 88

7. PORTFOLIO COMMITTEES ......................................................................................................... 88

8. SCOPA RESOLUTIONS ................................................................................................................ 89

9. PRIOR MODIFICATIONS TO AUDIT REPORTS ............................................................................ 90

10. INTERNAL CONTROL UNIT ......................................................................................................... 91

11. INTERNAL AUDIT AND AUDIT COMMITTEES ............................................................................. 91

12. AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT ..................................................................................................... 92

PART D: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ............................................................... 96

1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 97

2. OVERVIEW OF HUMAN RESOURCES ......................................................................................... 97

3. HUMAN RESOURCES OVERSIGHT STATISTICS ........................................................................... 98

PART E: FINANCIAL INFORMATION.............................................................................. 132

1. REPORT OF THE AUDITOR GENERAL ....................................................................................... 133

2. ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .......................................................................................... 145



4

PART A: GENERAL INFORMATION



5

1. DEPARTMENT GENERAL INFORMATION

PHYSICAL ADDRESS: IK Nkoane Education Building

156 Barkly Road

KIMBERLEY

POSTAL ADDRESS: Private Bag X5029

KIMBERLEY

8300

TELEPHONE NUMBER/S: 053 839 6500

FAX NUMBER: 053 839 6580/1

EMAIL ADDRESS: [email protected]

WEBSITE ADDRESS : www.ncdoe.ncpg.gov.za

mailto:[email protected]�



6

2. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS

ABET: Adult Basic Education and Training MTEF: Medium-Term Expenditure Framework ACE: Advanced Certificate in Education NCS: National Curriculum Statement ANA: Annual National Assessment NC (V): National Curriculum (Vocational) ASIDI: Accelerated School Infrastructure Development Initiative

NPDE : National Professional Diploma in Education

CEM: Council of Education Ministers NEPA: National Education Policy Act CEMIS: Central Education Management Information System

NGO: Non-Governmental Organisation

DHET: Department of Higher Education and Training NQF: National Qualifications Framework DTSL: Department of Transport, Safety and Liaison NSC: National Senior Certificate DBE: Department of Basic Education NSNP: National School Nutrition Programme DEMIS: District Education Management Information System

OHSA: Occupational Health and Safety Act

ECD: Early Childhood Development PFMA: Public Finance Management Act ECM : Enterprise Content Management PILIR: Policy on Incapacity Leave and Ill-Health Retirement EE: Employment Equity PPI: Programme Performance Indicator EIG: Education Infrastructure Grant PPP: Public-Private Partnership EMIS: Education Management Information System PPM: Programme Performance Measure EPP: Education Provisioning Plan QIDS-UP: Quality Improvement, Development, Support and

Upliftment Programme EPWP: Expanded Public Works Programme RCL: Representative Council of Learners EWP: Employee Wellness Programme SACE: South African Council for Educators FET: Further Education and Training SAQA: South African Qualifications Authority GET: General Education and Training SASA: South African Schools’ Act HEI: Higher Education Institution SA-SAMS: South African School Administration and Management

System ICT: Information and Communication Technology SAPS: South African Police Services IMGD: Institutional Management and Governance Development

SETA: Sector Education and Training Authority

I-SAMS: Integrated School Administration and Management System

SGB: School Governing Body

IQMS: Integrated Quality Management System SITA: State Information Technology Agency KM: Knowledge Management SMT: School Management Team LSEN: Learners with Special Education Needs SPMDS: Staff Performance Management and Development

System LTSM: Learning and Teaching Support Materials WSE: Whole-School Evaluation MST: Mathematics, Science and Technology



7

3. FOREWORD BY THE MEC

We present our 2016/17 Annual Report to you as a barometer to measure the progress made since last year. We do so with a high level of excitement because we believe that we are confronting our challenges with unparalleled success. The Medium Term Strategy Framework (MTSF 2014-19) continues to guide and direct the activities of the Department in particular, and the sector in general. Therefore the year under review has been no exception, with the focus remaining the six sub-outcomes for Education, which are:

• Improved quality of teaching and learning through development, supply and effective utilisation of teachers.

• Improved quality of teaching and learning through provision of adequate, quality infrastructure and Learning and Teaching Support Materials (LTSM).

• Tracking of learner performance through reporting and analysis of the Annual National Assessment (ANA) at Gr 3, 6 and 9 level and improving ANA over time to ensure appropriate feedback to learners and teachers and to benchmark performance over time.

• Expanded access to Early Childhood Development (covered in Outcome 13) and improvement of the quality of Grade R.

• Strengthening accountability and improving management at the school, community and district level.

• Partnerships for education reform and improved quality.

It is clear that we have turned the tide with our 2016 National Senior Certificate results. Thus it is with extreme delight and pleasure that we can report an improved pass rate of 78.7% for 2016, which amounts to an overall improvement of 9.3% from the previous year. The Northern Cape recorded the highest improvement in the National Senior Certificate Examination, with all Districts obtaining a pass rate above 70%. The support and commitment of learners, educators, parents and community members as a whole also gave credence to our attempts to ensure that our results in all grades improved. Undoubtedly, the improved pass rate is indicative of the stability in the education system as well as testimony to the increased commitment on the part of learners, educators and parents to achieve the highest level of excellence. The Department deeply understands and appreciates the gravity and extent of our collective responsibility, therefore it is energized by the passion displayed by all our stakeholders at the Education Lekgotla held during February 2016, and the Education Summit held in June 2016. The resolutions of the Lekgotla and Education Summit have been developed into concrete action plans and incorporated into the 2017/18 Medium Term Strategic Framework (MTSF), which find first expression through the 2017/18 Annual Performance Plan. I would like to take this opportunity to express my appreciation to the Department of Education, the Head of Department and all officials within the Department for the progress made thus far. We have come far as a Department and we are certainly geared to achieving more. My appreciation is also extended to the Audit Committee, Portfolio Committee and all key stakeholders who have supported the Department through various means. Your contribution is what moves education forward thus contributing positively to the growth and development of the Province and the Country at large. Our 2016/17 Annual Report represents a clear effort by the Department to respond to a clarion call made by our people to better their lives and break the shackles of poverty and unemployment through Education.

MEC Martha Bartlett



8

4. REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTING OFFICER

4.1 Overview of the operations of the Department: The 2016/17 Annual Performance Plan, on which this Annual Report accounts, was implemented against the backdrop of severe financial constraint across the Provincial Administration. Accordingly, the Northern Cape Department of Education was not spared in this regard. Much reprioritisation and strict adherence to efficiency measures had to be undertaken during the year under review to ensure we don’t compromise on delivery of our core business, i.e. improved quality public education. The 2012 approved macro organisational structure of the Department provides for Executive Management Team posts, namely; Superintendent General and three Deputy Director-Generals (DDG). The year under review saw the post of the Head of Department (HoD) being upgraded to that of Superintendent General after due processes were followed. However, of the three DDG posts, only one remain filled since 2013. By the time of release of this 2016/17 Annual Report, the two (2) DDG posts had been advertised but not yet filled. As we reflect on the overall achievements and shortcomings of the Department during 2016/17, we shall use lessons learnt to continue investment in all our programmes which are underpinned by overall focus on sustained improvement in learner outcomes from Grades R - 12; enhanced accountability at all levels of the system; greater focus on basic functionality of schools; protecting time for teaching and learning; improved support for teaching and learning; increased efforts on time on task; and resource provisioning. We remain committed to address internal control weaknesses, investigate and solve accounting and compliance-related matters so as to ensure the Department continues to develop into an effective and efficient delivery system. We continue to consolidate our efforts towards ensuring provisioning of quality public education in the Province. The constraint financial context within which overall government presently operates, necessitates that we continuously review efficiency measures to ensure realisation of upward trajectory movement in the overall performance of the department. The cumulative increase in learner numbers over the recent years continues to exert massive pressure on the overall budget of the Department, particularly, personnel expenditure. In keeping true to the commitment that no class will be without a teacher, the Department had to and continues to ensure teachers are appointed despite the tight budget. With school based educators constituting the majority of personnel within the Department, the overall personnel expenditure remains a challenge, which requires constant balancing act on the overall management of the allocated budget. It is worth noting that the 2017/18 MTEF budget for Vote 4 provides for educator number growth albeit only from the 2018/19 financial year. Though this will provide some relief, the cumulative effect on the Department’s overall personnel expenditure will be evident for some period. This will further compound the constraint budgetary reality of the Department. One pointed feature of our efficiency measures continues to be strengthened integration of conditional grants with overall programmes of the Department. Additionally, the Department continues to strengthen and create strategic partnerships with the business sector to supplement its budget to ensure provision of quality public education. The consistent improvements in the regulatory audit result, albeit not yet achieving a clean audit but with emphasis of matters of significantly reduced; the steady improvement in the overall MPAT 1.6 scores and National Senior Certificate results all point to a stabilising system, progressively realised by design and not by default. We remain acutely aware of the enormous work still to be done to ensure continual improvement in overall learner performance across the grades. It is in the light of this that our overall focus remain on sustained improvement in learner outcomes from Grades R – 12.



9

Pursuant to realisation of Section 6 (2) of the RSA Constitution, which observes that ‘because of the historically diminished use and status of the indigenous languages of our people’, implores the state to ‘take practical and positive measures to elevate the status and advance the use of these languages’. It is in the light of this that the Basic Education Sector adopted the Incremental Implementation of African Languages (IIAL). The Department continues to provide resources i.e. additional educators (in some instances, schools are urged to reallocate educators with expertise where such exists), workbooks, train and provide ongoing support to these teachers so as to realise success of the IIAL. Twenty eight primary schools throughout the Province that did not offer an African language have introduced either Setswana or IsiXhosa in Grade 1 in 2016. Nineteen primary schools received an additional teacher to offer the language. The other schools are using educators from their staff establishment to offer the language. All learners in Grade 1 at these schools are taught either Setswana or IsiXhosa. The schools will continue offering the language in Grade 2 in 2017. Four (4) high schools that did not offer an African Language in the Frances Baard District has introduced Setswana as First Additional Language in Grade 8 in 2016. Learners at these schools are given an opportunity to choose either Afrikaans or Setswana as First Additional Language. We shall continue to intensify our advocacy measures through engaging parents/guardians, schools and SGBs to ensure increase in the uptake of learners offering one of the two provincially recognised indigenous African languages. One of the key determinants of continued improvement in overall learner performance is the quality of school based assessments (SBA). In the main, poor quality school based assessments (SBA) remains one of the major weaknesses in realising sustained upward trajectory in the overall learner performance across the grades. Traditionally, we sampled Grade 12 SBA tasks for moderation before they wrote the National Senior Certificate (NSC) examination. For the 2016 school year, we moderated all Grade 12 SBAs in all subjects. This was done in June and in October 2016. The total investment in this endeavour for the year under review was R3 million. Through this and other related activities, the importance of quality school based assessment (SBA) continues to be heightened amongst educators across the grades. We are of the firm belief that within the medium to long term period, the impact of this pronounced focus on quality SBA will manifest through continued overall learner performance across the grades. One of the apartheid legacies has been and continues to be a Basic Education Sector that is predominantly academic. Learners who are not academically inclined are virtually trapped in such an education system. These learners are frustrated throughout their school years through repeated failure and probably dropout. Such learners add to the already massive number of youth not in education, employed or training. It is in light of this that the Basic Education Sector has adopted the Three Stream Model towards provision of a comprehensive education system. The Three Stream Model entails an education system that responds to Academic, Technical Vocational and Occupational streams. This is being progressively implemented within the Province. Technical Schools curriculum has been aligned to the Curriculum and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS) and implementation thereof started in the 2016 school year in Grade 10. Implementation of this curriculum will be effected in Grades 11 (2017) and 12 (2018). All the required preparatory work in terms of procurement of LTSM and teacher training has been and continues well in advance to actual implementation. Primarily, we continue to provide ongoing support to these educators to ensure that their content specific knowledge, teaching and assessment methodologies are well on par with the demands for these specialised fields. During the year under review, thorough preparatory work has been done for piloting of the Technical Occupational Stream in 2017. The two schools that are piloting the Technical Occupational Stream are N J Heyns (Frances Baard District) and Kleinzee (Namakwa District). Training and ongoing support continue to be provided in the following subjects; Creative Arts, E.C. Development, Food Production, Hairdressing, Languages, Maintenance, Mathematics, Motor Mechanics, Natural Science, Panel beating, Sewing, Sheet Metal Work, Welding and Woodwork / Timber.



10

This thus afford learners who learn at a more functional and less abstract level the opportunity to enter artisan and trade courses with enhanced foundational learning competency and skills. We are confident that the investment currently being made in both Technical Vocational and Occupational streams put us in the right course to further expand during and beyond the 2017/18 MTEF period. Both the National Development Plan 2030: Our Future-make it work and the Basic Education Sector Plan 2019: Towards the realisation of Schooling 2030, enjoins us to work with “a renewed emphasis on curriculum coverage, improving assessment and strengthening quality, efficiency and accountability in our schools, districts and provinces, as well as in our administrative departments and sectorial partnerships”. The Northern Cape Department of Education (NCDoE) remains committed to persistently invest all our individual and collective efforts to live up to this directive. Our primary mandate is to improve the overall quality of schooling outcomes so as to ensure that our learners are better prepared for further studies / work opportunities post their schooling years. Pursuant to enhancing competency and accountability, we now have compulsory induction training for all newly appointed School Management Teams (SMTs) before assumption of duty. We continue to provide training and ongoing support to all school management teams (SMTs) to ensure optimal functionality of our schools, with explicit emphasis on overall curriculum management, inclusive of school based assessment (SBA). As we continue to invest in competency building, so shall we increasingly demand accountability across all levels of the Department. We note with great concern, the low participation and pass rate of the Province in Mathematics at Grade 12. Both external and internal evaluations consistently reveal failure to adequately address foundational competency as the root cause for this. It is in light of this that we have repositioned our Mathematics, Science and Technology Strategy (MST Strategy). As of 2017/18 financial year, the MST Strategy will have a special focus programme on Grades 4 and 7. The aim of this is to increase the participation rate for Mathematics in Grades 10-12 by providing strong foundational skills for Mathematics in Grades 4-7 with special focus in Grades 8-9. The Provincial Mathematics Plan (which is an integral part of the MST Strategy) has been refined to ensure realisation of this. The Provincial Mathematics Plan is anchored on six pillars, namely: advocacy and communication; curriculum coverage and school based assessment; teacher development; learner support; resourcing and parental involvement. The 2017/18 Annual Performance Plan and MST Strategy clearly outlines key deliverables to be realised in this regard. We are of firm belief that this and other related intervention and support programs will in the medium to long term ensure increase in both participation and quality outcomes, especially in Mathematics. One of government’s initiative in response to ensuring an increase in supply of newly qualified teachers is through the Funza Lushaka Bursary Scheme. Annually, prospective teachers are awarded bursaries to pursue their teaching qualifications funded by the state through the Funza Lushaka Bursary Scheme. This is also one of government’s approaches to ensure learners make teaching their first career choice. Since 2012, a total of 765 Funza Lushaka Bursary recipients and graduates have been placed in various schools through the Province. A total of 116 of these teachers were placed in needy schools in the 2016 school year. Through this initiative and others we shall continue to ensure that we increase the overall number of newly qualified teachers, especially in key subjects that have an acute undersupply of teachers. We have reported widely and repeatedly on the significant stride registered with regard to access to Grade R. The importance of early identification of learning deficits in learners cannot be overemphasised. Failure to do so adversely affects prospects of learning in higher grades. It is therefore imperative that the Foundation Phase teachers in general, and in particular, ECD teachers and practitioners receive the necessary training and skills they require to ensure that they are able to



11

identify and/or refer children with diverse learning support needs in their classrooms. It is in the context of this that the Department continues to work collaboratively with the Departments of Health and Social Development in implementing the screening, identification, assessment and support programme (SIAS) which focuses on screening learners in the foundation phase to see if they have hearing, visual, intellectual and any other learning impairment. Professional development of Grade R Practitioners continues to take centre stage to ensure that we not only expand reach of universal access to Grade R but more importantly, provide quality Grade R education. To this effect, a total 150 Grade R practitioners will be in their final year of their study towards an Early Childhood Development (ECD) NQF Level 6 qualification in 2017. We continue to train and provide ongoing support to Pre-Grade R caregivers on the National Curriculum Framework in recognised Grade R Community Centres. Additionally, stimulation packs have been provided to these centres to ensure that learners have access to quality programmes. Parental sessions and learner fun days are held across the Province to maximise active involvement of parents/guardians and to promote ECD Programmes in the Province. Provisioning of basic school infrastructure remains a key priority for the Department. The magnitude of the school infrastructure backlog still remains enormous, however, we are making steady progress in addressing this. The exponential increase in School Infrastructure Conditional Grant enables us to work towards the eradication of backlogs, especially in basic educational infrastructure across the Province. For the reporting period (2016/17) the following are some of the concrete school infrastructure deliverables achieved: 67 classrooms, 4 administration blocks, 2 ablution blocks, 9 specialist rooms, 6 nutrition kitchens and 7 ECD Classrooms. There were also 38 rehabilitation and renovation (maintenance) projects as well as 23 sanitation projects, 57 water projects, 6 electrical projects and 45 fencing projects that were completed. A total of 48 mobile classrooms were delivered to relieve pressures of overcrowding as experienced largely in Frances Baard and John Taolo Gaetsewe Districts. This is however a short term solution to intendant plans to build in brick and mortar. Over the 2017/18 MTEF period the Department shall invest over R544 million in infrastructure development for the new and replacement schools programme. The Department will further construct 38 additional classrooms and continue to upgrade basic services at 53 schools. A particular focus will be put on completing the renovation of hostels and the 50 schools targeted for scheduled maintenance Despite the severely constrained budgetary context within which the Department operates, key pro-poor policy directives continue to be honoured, namely; no-fee school, compensation for school fees exemption and the National School Nutrition Programme and the provision of learner transport for those who qualify according to policy. The achievements in this 2016/17 Annual Report must necessarily be viewed within the context of severe budgetary constraints which required extra effort and heightened managerial and leadership responsibility from the management collective. This was of course provided by TEAM NCDOE. We are of the firm belief that the path we have adopted puts us in good stead to progressively realise the goals of both the National Development Plan 2030: Our future-make it work and the Basic Education Sector Plan 2019: Towards the realisation of Schooling 2030.



12

4.2 Overview of the financial results of the Department:

4.2.1 Departmental receipts

Departmental receipts

2016/2017 2015/2016

Estimate Actual

Amount Collected

(Over)/Under Collection Estimate

Actual Amount

Collected (Over)/Under

Collection

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Tax Receipts - - - - - -

Casino taxes - - - - - - Horse racing taxes - - - - - - Liquor licences - - - - - - Motor vehicle licences - - - - - -

Sale of goods and services other than capital assets

5 172 5 304 (132) 4 922 5 140 (218)

Transfers received - - - - - Fines, penalties and forfeits 121 19 102 174 181 (7)

Interest, dividends and rent on land 22 919 (897) 2 922 (920)

Sale of capital assets - 350 (350) - 201 (201) Financial transactions in assets and liabilities 4 377 2 365 2 012 3 701 4 947 (1 246)

Total 9 692 8 957 735 8 799 11 391 (2 592)

The Department of Education is not a revenue generating Department. Main source of revenue is the re-issuing of matric certificates which is captured under sales of goods and services other than capital assets. Other sources of revenue under the same item are examination and re-marking fees, commission earned on garnishees and insurance, sale of tender documents and parking. Sale of capital assets revenue relates to the sale of the vehicle of the MEC. Fines, penalties and forfeits revenue is deductions from officials’ salaries for labour relations issues. Revenue from interest, dividends and rent on land is surrendered from Independent Development Trust (IDT) for interest earned on Departmental funds. Revenue reflected under financial transactions in assets and liabilities relates to receipts from prior years.

4.2.2 Programme Expenditure

Programme Name

2016/2017 2015/2016 Final

Appropriation Actual

Expenditure (Over)/ Under Expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

(Over)/Under Expenditure

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Administration 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 550 970 550 970 - Public Ordinary School Education

3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 3 759 627 3 756 123 3 504

Independent School Education

8 722 8 722 - 7 887 7 887 -

Public Special School Education

116 230 132 331 (16 101) 112 632 112 632 -



13

Programme Name

2016/2017 2015/2016 Final


Expenditure (Over)/ Under Expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Early Childhood Development

86 668 83 673 2 995 83 967 83 355 612

Infrastructure Development 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 455 932 443 442 12 490

Auxiliary and Associated Services

137 307 135 647 1 660 155 850 146 708 9 142

Total 5 447 610 5 511 818 (64 208) 5 126 865 5 101 117 25 748

The Department recorded an over expenditure of R64.208 million or spent 101.2% of its final appropriation of R5.448 billion as at the end of the 2016/17 financial year. Reasons for over and under spending is listed in notes to the appropriation statement. Programme 1: Administration spent 102.6% or R625.325 million of its final appropriation of R609.491 million. Programme 2: Public Ordinary School Education recorded an over expenditure of R34.188 million or spent 100.9% of the Programme’s final appropriation of R3.992 billion final appropriation. Programme 3: Independent Schools spent 100% of its final appropriations. Programme 4: Public Special Schools Education overspent its budget of R116.23 million with R16.101 million or 13.9 % of its final appropriation. Programme 5: Early Childhood Development and Programme 7: Auxiliary and Associated Services underspent their final appropriations of R86.668 million and R137.307 million by R2.995 million and R1.660 million respectively. Programme 6: Infrastructure Development overspent its budget of R497.309 million with R2.740 million or 0.6% of its final appropriation. 4.2.3 Virements / rollovers Virements have been effected in terms of Section 43 of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 and is reflected in table below:

2016/17 Adjusted

Appropriation Shifting of

Funds Virement Final Appropriation

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 1. Administration Current payment 578 823 - 84 578 907 Transfers and subsidies 203 - - 203 Payments for capital assets 30 640 - (259) 30 381

Total for Programme 609 666 - (175) 609 491

2. Public Ordinary School Education

Current payment 3 610 283 - 5 790 3 616 073 Transfers and subsidies 372 603 - 3 372 606 Payments for capital assets 3 286 - (82) 3 204

Total for Programme 3 986 172 - 5 711 3 991 883



14

2016/17 Adjusted

Appropriation Shifting of

Funds Virement Final Appropriation

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

3. Independent School Education

Current payment - - - - Transfers and subsidies 8 725 - (3) 8 722 Payments for capital assets - - - -


4. Public Special School Education

Current payment 102 335 - - 102 335 Transfers and subsidies 13 895 - - 13 895 Payments for capital assets 21 - (21) -


5. Early Childhood Development Current payment 80 713 - (7 638) 73 075 Transfers and subsidies 13 391 - - 13 391 Payments for capital assets 100 - 102 202

Total for Programme 94 204 - (7 536) 86 668

6. Infrastructure Development Current payment 101 663 - (1 927) 99 736 Transfers and subsidies - - - - Payments for capital assets 395 646 - 1 927 397 573

Total for Programme 497 309 - - 497 309

7. Examinations and Education Related Services

Current payment 105 212 - 2 024 107 236 Transfers and subsidies 20 514 - - 20 514 Payments for capital assets 9 557 - - 9 557

Total for Programme 135 283 - 2 024 137 307 TOTAL 5 447 610 - - 5 447 610

Virements were approved by the Accounting Officer within the 8% threshold on the appropriation. The virements were mainly done to offset the over expenditure on Compensation of Employees incurred due to increased number of educator posts which were filled as a result of increased learner numbers, 4.2.4 Unauthorised, Irregular, Fruitless and Wasteful Expenditure 2016/2017 Expenditure Amount R’000 Unauthorised Expenditure 68 863 Irregular Expenditure 323 416 Fruitless and Wasteful Expenditure 193

Unauthorised expenditure was due largely to: • Increased number of educator posts that were allocated during the year under review due to

increased learner numbers over the last three academic years.



15

Irregular expenditure was largely due to: • Infrastructure implementing agents (IDT and DRPW) not following procurement prescripts for

infrastructure capital projects • Non-compliance with SCM prescripts Fruitless and wasteful expenditure was as a result of: • Interest charged on late payments • Cancellation of accommodation and flight bookings • Incorrect invoice calculation 4.2.5 Future plans of the Department For the 2017/18 MTEF period, the following will continue to be priorities of the Department: • Improved quality of teaching and learning through development, supply and effective utilisation of

teachers. • Improved quality of teaching and learning through provision of adequate, quality infrastructure and

Learning and Teaching Support Materials (LTSM). • Tracking of learner performance through reporting and analysis of the Annual National

Assessment (ANA) at Grades 3, 6 and 9 level and improving ANA over time to ensure appropriate feedback to learners and teachers and to benchmark performance over time. Awaiting final resolution on ANA.

• Expanded access to Early Childhood Development (covered in Sub-Outcome 4) and improvement of the quality of Grade R.

• Strengthening accountability and improving management at the school, community and district level.

• Partnerships for education reform and improved quality 4.2.6 Public Private Partnerships The Department did not enter into any Public Private Partnerships for the year under review.

4.2.7 Discontinued activities / activities to be discontinued No discontinued activities for the year under review.

4.2.8 New or proposed activities No new activities have been planned for.

4.2.9 Supply chain management

• No unsolicited bids were received for the year under review. • SCM processes of the Department are documented which, if fully complied with, would not result

in irregular expenditure being incurred. • Outsourcing of infrastructure projects to infrastructure implementing agents poses challenges as

these agents do not always follow SCM procedures which results in irregular expenditure for the Department. A revised Service Level Agreement was entered into with infrastructure implementing agents which included departmental officials serving on the bid committees of the implementing agents.



16

4.2.10 Gifts and Donations received in kind from non-related parties No gifts or donations were received in kind for the year under review.

4.2.11 Exemptions and deviations received from the National Treasury No exemptions from the PFMA, TR or deviation from financial reporting requirements were received from National Treasury for the year under review.

4.2.12 Events after the reporting date No events have occurred after reporting date.

4.2.13 Other No other material fact or circumstances that will have an effect on the understanding of the financial state of affairs which is not addressed elsewhere in this report. 4.2.14 Approval and sign off The Annual Financial Statements for the year ending 31 March 2017 as set out on pages 145 to 243 have been approved by the Accounting Officer.



17

5. STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY AND CONFIRMATION OF ACCURACY FOR THE ANNUAL REPORT

To the best of my knowledge and belief, I confirm the following: All information and amounts disclosed throughout the annual report are consistent. The annual report is complete, accurate and is free from any omissions. The annual report has been prepared in accordance with the guidelines on the annual report as issued by National Treasury. The Annual Financial Statements (Part E) have been prepared in accordance with the modified cash standard and the relevant frameworks and guidelines issued by the National Treasury. The Accounting Officer is responsible for the preparation of the annual financial statements and for the judgements made in this information. The Accounting Officer is responsible for establishing, and implementing a system of internal control that has been designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the integrity and reliability of the performance information, the human resources information and the annual financial statements. The external auditors are engaged to express an independent opinion on the annual financial statements. In my opinion, the annual report fairly reflects the operations, the performance information, the human resources information and the financial affairs of the department for the financial year ended 31 March 2017. Yours faithfully



18

6. STRATEGIC OVERVIEW

6.1. Vision A transformed quality education system.

6.2. Mission

To deliver quality public education to all learners of the Northern Cape which will enable them to play a meaningful role in a dynamic, developmental and economic society

.

6.3. Values

Transparency – open to scrutiny by oversight structures in line with all relevant legislation

Excellence – striving towards outstanding standards of performance at all levels of delivery

Accountability - remaining answerable to the public and oversight structures of the Northern Cape

Caring – showing compassion for all our clients

Honesty - displaying irreproachable levels of truthfulness

Integrity – exceptional levels of honour

Needs-driven – being finely attuned to the needs of our clients

Goal-directed – in pursuance of the long-term plans of the country

.

7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES

Since 1994, a number of policies have been implemented and legislation promulgated to create a framework for transformation and the provision of quality public education and training. The following are some of the key policies and legislation:

• The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Act, 1996 (Act No. 108 of 1996) • The National Education Policy Act, 1996 (Act No. 27 of 1996) • The South African Schools Act, 1996 (Act No. 84 of 1996) • The Further Education & Training Act, 1998 (Act No. 98 of 1998) • The Adult Basic Education & Training Act, 2000 (Act No. 52 of 2000) • The Employment of Educators Act, 1998 (Act No. 76 of 1998) • The Public Service Act, 1994 (Proc No. 103 of 1994) • The General and Further Education and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001 (Act No. 58 of

2001) • The South African Qualifications Authority Act, 1995 (Act No. 58 of 1995) • Education White Paper 5 on Early Childhood Education (May 2001) and Education White

Paper 6 on Special Needs Education – Building an Inclusive Education & Training System (July 2001)

• National Curriculum Statement



19

• The Northern Cape Schools Education Act, 1996 (Act No. 6 of 1996) • The Education Laws Amendment (Conduct of Matriculation Examinations) Act, (Act No. 4 of

1995) • The White Paper on Transforming Public Service Delivery (Batho Pele) (General Notice

18340 of 1 October 1997 • The Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No. 1 of 1999) • The Promotion of Access to Information Act, 2000 (Act No. 2 of 2000) • The Promotion of Administrative Justice Act, 2000 (Act No. 3 of 2000) • The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, 2002 (Act No. 25 of 2002)

The Draft White Paper on e-Education, August 2003

20

8. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

21

9. ENTITIES REPORTING TO THE MINISTER/MEC

None



22

PART B: PERFORMANCE INFORMATION



23

1. AUDITOR GENERAL’S REPORT: PREDETERMINED OBJECTIVES

The AGSA currently performs certain audit procedures on the performance information to provide reasonable assurance in the form of an audit conclusion. The audit conclusion on the performance against predetermined objectives is included in the report to management, with material findings being reported under the Predetermined Objectives heading in the Report on other legal and regulatory requirements section of the auditor’s report. Refer to page 133 of the Report of the Auditor General, published as Part E: Financial Information.

2. OVERVIEW OF DEPARTMENTAL PERFORMANCE

2.1 Service Delivery Environment

Northern Cape as a Province The Northern Cape is located in the north-western corner of South Africa and has a shoreline of approximately 313 km along the Atlantic Ocean. It is the largest of the nine Provinces of South Africa accounting for 30, 5% of the total land mass of the country. Despite its incredible size as compared to the rest of the country, the province only accommodates 2,2% of the total South African population as per Provincial Mid-Year Estimates 2013 conducted by Statistics South Africa.

Graph 1: Map of District Municipality Location The Province is divided into five administrative districts namely:-



24

Frances Baard - Houses the capital of the province, Kimberley, and accommodates 38.3% of the total provincial population. The district has 116 public ordinary schools as per 2016 SNAP Survey, with 90 498 learners and 2817 educators. A large percentage of the school infrastructure in the district is deemed to be acceptable. John Taolo Gaetsewe - This district was previously known as the Kgalagadi district and was demarcated to the province in 2006. Kuruman is the capital of this district. The district has the highest number of schools with 170 public ordinary schools recorded in 2016 SNAP survey, 72 789 learners and 2 227 educators. The socio-political and economical history of this district renders it the district with the largest number of extremely disadvantaged schools. Namakwa - This district is located on the boundaries of the Western Cape with Springbok as its capital. The district has the lowest unemployment rate of only 16,8%. As at 2016 SNAP 72 ordinary schools are operating in this district with 21 926 learners and 759 educators. This district is of the largest per square kilometre area, however is home to the lowest population. Most schools in this district are in remote areas and a large number of them have infrastructure assets which are under-utilised. This district has the largest number of school hostels in the province, due to its geographical size. Pixley Ka Seme - As at 2016, the total number of public ordinary schools in this district is 88. The district has 45 825 learners and 1 410 educators. The capital of the district is De Aar. This district is vast and has the second least number of people. The towns are far from each other and thus school infrastructure assets are under-utilised. ZF Mgcawu- Formerly known as Siyanda District, has the youngest population in the province with 36% of the population being between the ages of 15 - 34. The capital of the district is Upington and 98 ordinary schools operate in the district according to the 2016 SNAP survey which provide for 56 372 learners and 1 792 educators. School infrastructure in the district is well utilised except for the remote areas of Mier. Most of the school infrastructure in the district is well maintained. Synopsis of Northern Cape Schools The Northern Cape has a total of 544 public ordinary schools, 11 special schools and 30 private/independent schools. The learner educator ratio for the province in public schools is 29,8 learners per educator and on average there are 494 learners per school for public schools. This number has decreased from the 2013 Snap Survey (506). Frances Baard District Municipality has the most (90 498) learners but John Taolo Gaetsewe District Municipality has the largest number of schools (170). Thus the schools in Frances Baard tend to be larger schools with an average of 732 learners per school. Namakwa District Municipality consist of a total of 21 926 learners in 72 schools which results in an average of 281 learners per school with 26,7 learners per educator.



25

Graph 2: Learner Enrolment in Northern Cape EMIS Snap Survey 2002 – 2014 The 10 day SNAP Survey remains key to the planning process within the department. In 2016, the SNAP revealed that the department had a total of 287 410 learners in public ordinary schools (Grade R to 12). This constitutes a 1,54% growth compared to the SNAP 2015 figures. Whilst the SNAP figures traditionally showed a decline from year to year, if compared to the same survey of previous years, consistent growth is noticed in the SNAP numbers over the past 3 years.

The SNAP 2016 survey relays the following information:

287 410 learners are enrolled in 544 schools with 18 649 learners in 27 Combined schools; 54 094 learners in 101 Intermediate schools; 142 878 learners in 305 Primary schools and 71 789 learners in 111 Secondary schools

LEARNER GROWTH

The SNAP survey shows consistent growth in learner numbers annually. The average growth over the last five years is 1.17%. The growth from the SNAP 2015 to SNAP 2016 is 0.5% or 1351 learners. The table below shows the growth from 2011 to 2016, but also the projections for the following 5 years. The projected figures suggest that the Department will have well over 300,000 learners in 2019.



26

Table 1: Learner Growth

LEARNERS, EDUCATORS AND SCHOOLS

The table below provides a summary of the Learners, Educators and schools in Public Ordinary schools.

Table 2: Summary Overview

The key observations from table 2 are that:

The Learner:Educator (L:E) Ratio in Public Ordinary Schools (Gr 1-12) is 29.8:1. Namakwa has the lowest L:E Ratio (26.7:1) and JTG the highest (30.8:1) based on Gr 1-12. The Learner:School (L:S) Ratio in Public Ordinary Schools (Gr 1-12) is 494:1. Namakwa has the lowest L:S Ratio (281:1) and Frances Baard the highest (732:1) based on Gr

1-12. LEARNER DISTRIBUTION PER DISTRICT The distribution of Learners, Educators and Schools gives an indication of these relationships across the various districts. The tables below provide this analysis and suggest the following key findings:

• Frances Baard has 31.5% of the learners but only 21.3% of the schools whilst JTG had 25.3% of the learners and 31.3% of the schools.

• This means that JTG has a lower Learner:School ratio (403:1) compared to Frances Baard (732:1).

Learners Learners Learner

Educator Ratio

Learner Educator

Ratio

Learner School Ratio

PrGrR-12 Gr1-12 Gr1-12 PrGr-12 Gr1-12

PRIVATE 2 256 2 024 2.43 55.29 124 4.22 42.03 11 8.66 36.67 16.3 18.2 184

PUBLIC 90 498 84 857 97.57 31.49 2 817 95.78 31.28 116 91.34 21.32 30.1 32.1 732

TOTAL 92 754 86 881 31.82 2 941 31.62 127 22.13 29.5 31.5 684

PRIVATE 1 030 762 1.40 25.25 90 3.88 30.51 5 2.86 16.67 8.5 11.4 152

PUBLIC 72 789 68 492 98.60 25.33 2 227 96.12 24.73 170 97.14 31.25 30.8 32.7 403

TOTAL 73 819 69 254 25.32 2 317 24.91 175 30.49 29.9 31.9 396

PRIVATE 303 274 1.36 7.43 32 4.05 10.85 6 7.69 20.00 8.6 9.5 46

PUBLIC 21 926 20 244 98.64 7.63 759 95.95 8.43 72 92.31 13.24 26.7 28.9 281

TOTAL 22 229 20 518 7.63 791 8.51 78 13.59 25.9 28.1 263PRIVATE 295 241 0.64 7.23 27 1.88 9.15 4 4.35 13.33 8.9 10.9 60

PUBLIC 45 825 42 412 99.36 15.94 1 410 98.12 15.66 88 95.65 16.18 30.1 32.5 482

TOTAL 46 120 42 653 15.82 1 437 15.45 92 16.03 29.7 32.1 464

PRIVATE 196 126 0.35 4.80 22 1.21 7.46 4 3.92 13.33 5.7 8.9 32

PUBLIC 56 372 52 542 99.65 19.61 1 792 98.79 19.90 98 96.08 18.01 29.3 31.5 536

TOTAL 56 568 52 668 19.41 1 814 19.51 102 17.77 29.0 31.2 516

PRIVATE 4 080 3 427 1.40 1.40 295 3.17 3.17 30 5.23 5.23 11.6 13.8 114

PUBLIC 287 410 268 547 98.60 98.60 9 005 96.83 96.83 544 94.77 94.77 29.8 31.9 494

TOTAL 291 490 271 974 9 300 574 29.2 31.3 474

As % of District Total

As % of Provincial

TotalDISTRICT Sector

As % of Provincial

TotalSchools

PROVINCIAL


As % of Provincial

TotalEducators


FRANCES BAARD

JOHN TAOLO

GAETSEWE

NAMAKWA

PIXLEY-KA-SEME

ZF MGCAWU



27

Graph 3: Distribution of Learners, Educators and Schools per District

LEARNER DISTRIBUTION PER PHASE

Graph 4: Learners per Phase

The majority of learners are in the Foundation Phase i.e. Grade 1-3, whilst the ECD makes up for 6.6% of the learners. The Intermediate, a Senior and FET phase makes up for 25.4%, 22.7% and 17.5% respectively. DISTRIBUTION OF EDUCATORS According to SNAP 2016 there are 9 005 educators employed in public ordinary schools and the distribution per phase is as follows:

o 641 educators in Combined schools o 1 532 educators in Intermediate schools o 4 173 educators in Primary schools o 2 659 educators in Secondary schools

31.5

%

25.3

%

7.6%

15.9

% 19.6

%

31.3

%

24.7

%

8.4%

15.7

% 19.9

%

21.3

%

31.3

%

13.2

% 16.2

%

18.0

%

FRANCES BAARD JOHN TAOLO GAETSEWE

NAMAKWA PIXLEY-KA-SEME ZF MGCAWU

Distribution of Learners, Educators and Schools

Learners Educators Schools

6.6%

27.9%

25.4%

22.7%

17.5%

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%

ECD Foundation (Gr1-3) Itermediate (Gr4-6) Senior (Gr7-9) FET (Gr10-12)

Distribution of Learners per phase (Public Ordinary Schools)



28

Graph 5: % Educators per District

In Graph 5 we note that Frances Baard has the greatest percentage of educators at 31.3% (2 817) whilst Namakwa has the lowest at 8.4% (759).

Graph 6: Learner: Educator Ratio (Public Schools)

John Taolo Gaetsewe District has the least favourable L:E ratio in the Province at 32.7:1 and Namakwa has the best ratio at 28.9:1. The Provincial L:E ratio is at 31.9:1.

Educators, FRANCES BAARD,

31.3%

Educators, JOHN TAOLO

GAETSEWE, 24.7%

Educators, NAMAKWA, 8.4%

Educators, PIXLEY-KA-SEME, 15.7%

Educators, ZF MGCAWU, 19.9%

% Educators per district

32.1

32.7

28.9

32.5

31.531.9

28.0

29.0

30.0

31.0

32.0

33.0

Frances Baard John Taolo Gaetsewe

Namakwa Pixley-Ka Seme ZF Mgcawu Provincial

L:E Ratio

Learner:Educator Ratio



29

2.2 Service Delivery Improvement Plan

The department has completed a service delivery improvement plan. The tables below highlight the service delivery plan and the achievements to date.

Main services and standards

Main services Beneficiaries Current/actual standard of service

Desired standard of service

Actual achievement

To provide quality education and to ensure eradication of late delivery of textbooks.

All schools within province.

All schools to have received their textbooks for the 2017 academic year. The process for 2018 procurement is currently underway.

100% of schools to receive their LTSM on time.

Delay in deliveries caused by late orders and operational and management challenges by the delivery agent. 93% of schools received LTSM by reopening of schools. By March 2017, 98% of schools received their LTSM.

Batho Pele arrangements with beneficiaries (Consultation access etc.)

Current/actual arrangements Desired arrangements Actual achievements

Consultation

Meetings with stakeholders. Meetings with all district coordinators to emphasize the importance of the management plan. Weekly meetings with the delivery agents once orders are placed by the Department. Inform the schools about submission of orders and deadline for delivery.

Meetings conducted with delivery agent to speed up deliveries.

A revised management plan implemented.

Provincial meetings conducted.

Access All circulars are made available to schools on the department’s HRMS system. All schools have access to the department’s textbook ordering and tracking system. All communiqué is also faxed to schools by the various district offices

All DBE circulars have been sent to schools as and when received.

Courtesy Telephone communication/follow-ups.

All reports are communicated with stakeholders once



30

Current/actual arrangements Desired arrangements Actual achievements

available.

Openness & Transparency. Timely reports. All reports are shared with stakeholders. Electronic reporting system through HRMS.

Information Departmental circulars, pamphlets and quarterly meetings.

All information regarding LTSM is always made available to all schools and stakeholders when the need arises. HRMS is being utilized effectively.

Value for money. Reduced number of complaints from the customers.

All available data is used during the ordering process to prevent inflation of orders. The ordering of textbooks is centralized for the department to benefit from the economies of scale. The LTSM textbook ordering and tracking system is also a good tool which helps with overspending.

Costs Reprioritised budget allocated. All orders have been placed and delivered. R26,801,820, has been spent.

Human resources Members of staff. Head office and Districts under staffed .Advert placed to fill Senior Admin Officer posts in all districts.

Time Timelines are planned as per the sector plan of the department.

The department mitigated the late placement of orders. The new annual management plan has been drafted and will be implemented stringently.

Service delivery information tool

Current/actual information tools Desired information tools Actual achievements

The Lithotech system

Tool used to order and process textbook orders. All deliveries and reports generated from the system.

System used successfully to order and deliver textbooks for 2017 academic year.



31

Complaints mechanism

Current/actual complaints mechanism

Desired complaints mechanism Actual achievements

District offices.

All complaints and queries are directed to the district office Only once complaints cannot be addressed, is it directed to Head office.

All complaints managed by district offices.

2.3 Organisational environment

The Northern Cape Department of Education is responsible for Basic Education and provides for Public Ordinary Schooling, Early Childhood Development, Special Schools Education and the provision of subsidies to Independent Schools. These services are provided to learners in the formal schooling system ranging from Grade R to Grade 12.

During the period under review the Department registered an increase in the Grade 12 pass performance of 9%. This brought the overall pass rate up to 78.8%. The pass rate in 2015 was 69%. This pass percentage is inclusive of the progressed learners that the Department registered for the 2016 academic year.

The organisational services The Department of Education also provide additional support services including psycho-social services, nutrition and school health services. Included here is specialist support to learners in the form of therapist and educational psychologists.

Extra-curricular activities in the form of sport, arts and culture in schools are also catered for. This is done to ensure the holistic development of all learners in the schooling system.

Human Resource Development activities includes the provision of in-service programmes, learnerships and internships for unemployed youth and the provision of bursaries for out-of school youth as a measure to address the high illiteracy and unemployment amongst the youth.

Resources Management and Provision – procurement of goods and services for schools that are not self-managing and provision of learner and teacher support materials and administrative equipment and labour saving devices. In addition, building maintenance and school building programmes are provided.

Human Resource Management Five-Year Plan The Human Resource Management Plan is designed to assist the department in achieving the objectives as outlined in the Strategic Plan. This will ensure organisational effectiveness and sustainability in delivering the education mandate as enshrined in the Constitution and the Action Plan 2019: Towards the realisation of Schooling 2030. The focus and priority in the MTEF HR Plan is directed to the following: • Early childhood development • Inclusive Education • The Integrated Farm and Small School Strategy • Provincial Literacy Strategy, These priorities have been incorporated in the departmental Annual Plan and monitoring and evaluation is done on a quarterly basis. The evaluation of these priorities forms part of this progress report.



32

We are committed to the education mandate and have ensured that effective and efficient systems and controls are in place to improve on our performance. With the involvement and participation of all stakeholders this mandate will become a reality and achievable. Post Provisioning

The Department annually issue new staff establishments to all public ordinary schools based on the confirmed and verified learners of the previous year. This process is done through the post provisioning model taking into consideration the Employment of Educators Act (EEA) and the Public Service Act (PSA). Given the ever changing landscape in the education sector, the Department recently embarked on a process to develop an electronic post provision model. This will ensure that the process leading up and including the issuing of the annual staff establishment are streamlined and improved.

Organisational structure

The organisational structure for the department of education was approved on 21 June 2012 by the Executive Committee and was further endorsed after consultation with the Department of Public Service and Administration. This is in line with the Directive on Organisational structuring in the public service. Implementation of the organisational structure has been phased in over a number of years. The phased approach has been adopted due to the limited funding available to fill critical vacancies. To ensure that the structure remains relevant and aligned to the strategic direction of the Department a process of organisational review will be embarked upon in the 2017/2018 financial year.

2.4 Key policy developments and legislative changes

There were no key policy developments and legislative changes during the period under review.

3. STRATEGIC OUTCOME ORIENTED GOALS

The Delivery Agreement is also based on the following six sub-outcomes and the related 27 goals:

Sub-Outcome 1: Improved quality of teaching and learning through development, supply and effective utilisation of teachers

The quality of the South African education system depends on the expertise (understanding of the curriculum, content knowledge and teaching skills) and commitment of its teachers.

The NDP identifies a four-pronged strategy to ensure an adequate number of dedicated, skilled teachers: (1) Produce, through the university and other systems, more and better qualified teachers, (2) Develop in-service training strategies and support systems that will continually develop the skills of teachers (3) Cooperate with professional bodies and teacher unions to enhance member expertise and commitment (4) Ensure an appropriate pay structure which also rewards good teachers

Sub-Outcome 2: Improved the quality of teaching and learning through provision of Infrastructure and learning materials

School infrastructure is important in supporting education and to create an atmosphere for learning. Both hard (e.g. school buildings, desks, sanitation) and soft (e.g. books, computers) infrastructure is important in providing enabling conditions for learning. Reading material is essential for increasing



33

learning directly; especially quality reading material if used effectively can enhance the effectiveness of teachers in the classroom along with effective ICT infrastructure.

Sub-Outcome 3: Regular annual national assessments to track improvements in the quality of teaching and learning (ANA)

A key problem in the past has been insufficient measurement of the quality of teaching and learning below Grade 12. In 2011 Annual National Assessments (ANA) were introduced in Grades 3 and 6 and in 2012 Grade 9 was included. The Universal ANA (conducted in all schools in the country) is primarily focused on providing information to teachers, parents and schools for use in improving learning and teaching practices. Verification ANA (conducted only in a sample of schools) has a more rigorous methodology (such as external marking of papers and supervision) in order to assess the quality of the Universal ANA and to allow for reliable comparisons between sub-systems and over time.

ANA is critical to ensure the necessary feedback to stakeholders on their inputs and how they can be improved. A key focus over the MTSF is to improve the quality and utilisation of ANA (through increased analysis and feedback about performance and incorporating findings in improvement and school development plans and also into teacher training strategies). ANA must be used to identify schools needing support and the type of support needed.

Sub-Outcome 4: Improved Grade R and planning for extension of ECD

There is substantial evidence that expanding access to ECD and Grade R can improve life chances and school system performance through enhancing school readiness. South Africa has significantly expanded access to Grade R over the last decade. On the basis of survey data it is estimated that by 2013 95% of grade 1 learners had attended formal grade R. Over the MTEF the challenge is to ensure that there are no pockets of inadequate access and to increase the quality of ECD, which is inadequate in many cases. In addition to increasing the quantity and quality of inputs it is also important that a mechanism be introduced to assess the impact of Grade R on school readiness and any change over time, and the underlying factors. Planning for the introduction of an extra year of ECD, led by the Department of Social Development, should also be completed over the MTEF.

Sub-Outcome 5: A credible, outcomes-focused planning and accountability system (building the capacity of the state to intervene and support quality education)

DBE presides over concurrent competences with large number of institutions (provinces, districts and schools). To ensure quality basic education DBE needs to play a more active oversight role while providing greater guidance and support for these institutions. It is critical therefore that existing policies signal clearly that DBE monitors performance and policies are aligned to make the system run better. An effective oversight cannot happen without an effective M&E system that is linked to a functioning district oversight system.

Sub-Outcome 6: Partnerships for a Strong Education System

Quality Learning Teaching Campaign (QLTC) remains the backbone for the involvement of other stakeholders such as teacher unions; School Governing Bodies (SGBs); the Business Sector and Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) in ensuring that education remains a societal responsibility. This structure will be enhanced by the Institutional Management and Governance Development (IMDG) unit which is now fully staffed and has representatives at district level.



34

4. PERFORMANCE INFORMATION BY PROGRAMME

2016/17 Expenditure Outcome per Programme

2016/17 Expenditure Outcome per Economic Classification

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

ADMINISTRATION 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 550 970 550 970 -

PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOL EDUCATION 3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 3 759 627 3 756 123 3 504

INDEPENDENT SCHOOL SUBSIDY 8 722 8 722 - 7 887 7 887 -

PUBLIC SPECIAL SCHOOL EDUCATION 116 230 132 331 (16 101) 112 632 112 632 -

EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT 86 668 83 673 2 995 83 967 83 355 612

INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 455 932 443 442 12 490

EXAMINATION AND EDUCATION RELATED SERVICES 137 307 135 647 1 660 155 850 146 708 9 142

Total 5 447 610 5 511 818 (64 208) 5 126 865 5 101 117 25 748

Programme

2016/2017 2015/2016



Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 4 577 362 4 634 193 (56 831) 4 296 028 4 292 859 3 169

Compensation of employees 4 235 890 4 289 234 (53 344) 3 914 616 3 911 368 3 248

Goods and services 341 330 344 815 (3 485) 380 908 380 987 -79

Interest and rent on land 142 144 (2) 504 504 -

Transfers and subsidies 429 331 445 602 (16 271) 448 136 448 136 -

Payments for capital assets 440 917 432 023 8 894 382 701 360 122 22 579

Payment for financial assets - - - - - -

Total 5 447 610 5 511 818 (64 208) 5 126 865 5 101 117 25 748

Economic Classification

2016/2017 2015/2016



Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure



35

4.1 Programme 1: ADMINISTRATION

Objective of Programme: To provide overall management of, and support to, the education system in accordance with the National Education Policy Act, the Public Finance Management Act and other relevant policies

Sub-programmes Sub-programme 1.1. Office of the MEC

To provide for the functioning of the office of the Member of the Executive Council (MEC) for education in line with the ministerial handbook.

Sub-programme 1.2. Corporate Services To provide management services which are not education specific for the education system.

Sub-programme 1.3. Education Management To provide education management services for the education system.

Sub-programme 1.4. Human Resource Development To provide human resource development for office-based staff.

Sub-programme 1.5. Education Management Information System (EMIS) To provide an Education Management Information System in accordance with the National Education Information Policy.

Sub-programme 1.6. Conditional Grants To provide for projects under programme 1 specified by the Department of Basic Education and funded by conditional grants.

Strategic objectives, performance indicators, planned targets and actual achievements

INSTITUTIONAL FUNDING

No Fee School Policy In pursuance of increasing access to Public Education, particularly by the poorest of the poor, Government adopted the No-fee School policy in 2006 for implementation in 2007. A school is a no fee school, and compulsory school fees may consequently not be charged in the school. No fee schools are an integral part of Government’s strategy to alleviate the effects of poverty and redress the imbalances of the past. For the 2016/2017 financial year, 407 schools in quintiles 1, 2 and 3 were declared No Fee Schools, which is 74.68% of the total schools within the Northern Cape. This represented 69.96% of learners in no fee schools. The National percentage for no fee learners in the Northern Cape Province is 61.50% as per the Revised National Poverty Distribution Table whereby the Province has surpassed this by 8.46%. In achieving the objectives of the No Fee School Policy as encapsulated in the Amended South African Schools Act, a total allocation of R211,607,403 was provided during the 2016/17 financial year towards Services, Maintenance and LTSM categories. The allocated funding for no fee schools represented 83.04% of the total Norms and Standards funding provided towards Public Ordinary Schooling Education. Compensation for Fee Exemptions Granted to Learners The exemption from the payment of school fees is a mechanism Government has put in place to assist parents to access quality Education for their children, irrespective of their background or financial constraints.



36

The National Norms and Standards for School Funding Policy was amended on the 28th January 2011 (Gazette No: 33971) to include provisions relating to Compensation for fee exemptions. With the introduction of this Amendment to the NNSSF policy, the Northern Cape Province has managed to provide additional funding to fee paying Schools since the inception of the Amendment. Funding amounting to R9,033,698.94 was transferred to schools for the 2016/2017 financial year for compensation for fee exemptions. Of the 138 Fee paying schools in the NC Province, only 110 Schools submitted and applied to the NCDOE for compensation. 19,112 Out of 64,954 enrolled learners whom were totally, partially or conditionally exempted from the payment of school fees benefited from compensation for fee exemptions in the Northern Cape Province. Annual Financial Statements In terms of Sections 42 and 43 of the South African Schools Act of 1996 as Amended, Schools are required to draw up a complete set of Audited Annual Financial Statements and submit it to the Head of Department by 30 June. During the 2016/2017 financial year, 544 compliant schools submitted their audited financial statements to the NCDOE for review. This translated to 98.20% of schools which have complied with the provisions of the Amended South African Schools Act. Funding of Special Schools

All learners with different levels of disabilities require additional resourcing in order to provide them with access to a Basic Education. For this reason, special funding principles have been applied to ensure that the requisite support is available in Special schools. In essence Special Schools receive additional non-personnel non-capital funding to ensure that they can achieve educationally. Funding amounting to R13,507,276 was allocated to eleven designated special schools in the Northern Cape Province during the 2016 Academic year. The allocation was intended to finance key inputs such as LTSM, Basic Services, Maintenance, etc and Special needs specialised equipment and assistive devices. Funding of Grade R in Public Ordinary Schools In pursuance of Strategic outcome orientated goal 7 (Strategic Plan 2015-2019) namely: To provide universal access to quality Early Childhood Development services to all children in the Province, a Non-Personnel Non-Capital allocation amounting to R12,867,014 was provided to 380 identified Public ordinary Schools which hosted 18,229 Grade R learners during the 2016/2017 financial year. School Governing Body Association Funding A Governing body of a public school as a member of a Voluntary association representing Governing Bodies qualifies for funding in aid of subscription fees if the Voluntary association is recognized for the purpose of funding by the Head of Department of the NCDOE. In compliance with paragraph 145A (b) of the Amended National Norms and Standards for School Funding Policy, the NCDOE allocated an amount of R92,468 as a contribution towards the payment of SGB Association subscription fees for 80 Schools out of the 104 schools that are registered with FEDSAS. Training on Implementation of SA-SAMS Financial Module In ensuring schools have appropriate reliable electronic accounting systems for the recording and reporting of day to day financial transactions, a total of 185 Public Ordinary Schools which had no electronic accounting systems were trained on the utilisation of the SASAMS financial module during the 2016/2017 financial year. The training of schools on SASAMS finance module will ensure



37

consistent and accurate financial reporting to the NCDOE as required by the NNSSF policy and PFMA. Monitoring Financial Management Processes at Educational Institutions. To ensure that allocated transfer payments were utilised for its intended purposes as per the requirements of the National Norms and Public Finance Management Act, a high level detailed overview on financial management processes and internal control systems was conducted at 122 Public Ordinary Schools. INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE DEVELOPMENT (IMGD)

School Governance The focus was on capacitating governors to be able to manage minor and serious learner misconduct. The districts rolled out the training with the assistance of SAPS, and the School Safety Unit. Additional SGB Intervention: Forty two (42) schools with 117 Governors benefited from a work session on the roles and responsibilities of Landowners and SGB Members in terms of the Section 14 Agreements. Three hundred schools submitted their SGB Functionality Tools of which 183 were analysed. The data shows that 84% of the schools are functioning well. This conclude that the SGB's in public schools in the Northern Cape performs well and met the department's strategic objective of having functional School Governing Bodies. A total of 1483 school governors were trained to promote functional schools in 2016/17. The unit reviewed SGB election regulations (Notice 14 of 2014) and they were repealed by the amended regulations that were gazetted on 24 April 2017 (Notice 35 of 2017) School Management Six hundred and thirty three SMT members were inducted on their roles and responsibilities. Fifty five (55) Principals were trained as part of a collaboration with Stellenbosch University. The training of SMT members are decentralised and districts make use of multi-disciplinary teams to manage the induction of newly appointed SMT members. Thirty Two (32) circuit managers were capacitated on – Purpose driven Circuit Management in the Interest of Society & Environment linking Circuit Management to the Bigger Picture. Manual and facilitation done by SUNCEP and the ETDP SETA funded the training intervention. SUNCEP was supported by Labour Relations, Risk Management, IMGD and IQMS Head Office Officials. T hese training interventions contribute to the strategic objective of the Department to ensure public schools are functional and well managed. One hundred and forty seven (147) female principals benefitted from the Support Networks for Principals initiative. This intervention enhances Professional Learning Communities for female managers. Eight hundred and seventy seven (877) SMT members were capacitated to strengthen and promote functional schools for the year 2016/17. The induction of newly appointed SMT members was realised before the new appointees assumed duty as per the Northern Cape Education Lekgotla resolution. The Unit developed a training manual for Principals based on the DBE Induction Framework for the induction of newly appointed principals in partnership with Stellenbosch University. IMGD also facilitated the training of 142 Subject Advisors on Curriculum Management with the assistance of the Skills Development Unit.



38

Representative Councils of Learners One thousand one hundred and fifty (1150) RCL members were trained on their responsibilities as learner leaders and how they could assist with improving learner attainment. Notice 110 of 2016 (establishment and functioning of RCL’s for public schools in the Northern Cape) was gazetted in December 2016. INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT UNIT Rural Education The objective of ensuring that all public schools on private property have Section 14 agreements are in place was partially achieved. The functioning of the Provincial Support Team (PST) headed by the Chief Director: School Management, Administration and Support held bi-monthly meetings. These meetings need to be attended by all relevant stakeholders in order to achieve the objectives and targets of the strategy. Institutional Planning As a core responsibility, the unit was able to inform the process of Institutional Planning through issuing a management plan for implementation of Institutional planning at all levels, namely school, circuit, district and provincial. The unit developed and coordinated the Management processes for dealing with underperformance. Letters declaring schools as underperforming were generated and thereafter it was issued to Districts.

SCHOOL SAFETY A total of 90 schools participated in School Safety capacity building programmes for the financial year ending 31st March 2017 29 schools were monitored and supported in implementing school safety programmes and with the development of school safety action plans 50 schools participated in Prevention of Violence in Schools workshop for learners and mentors. This involves awareness and advocacy programmes on a range of safety measures as well as imparting skills to learners Development of Emergency Evacuation Procedures and practical fire drills at schools: This activity is informed and mandated by the Occupational Health and safety Act. No.93 of 1993. It is aimed at preparing schools to integrate emergency and disaster planning as part of their daily routine and encourages schools to act according to their own policies. 45 schools were visited, supported and encouraged to implement evacuation measures once a quarter. 170 schools that are participating in activities on the prevention of school-based crime and violence that are furthering objectives of the Provincial Protocol on the collaboration with the South African Police Service 100 schools were supported and monitored on conducting their business requirements according to the National School Safety Framework by establishing Rules in a school (Code of conduct) that are known and supported by everybody within the school. Also encouraging learners to report incidents and for management of the school to follow-up on reported incidents.



39

IN-SCHOOL SPORT Target of registered schools were exceeded by 36 schools due to municipal boundaries being used as hubs in which sport is played other than clusters as in the past. District Officials could monitor and support the sport programme more effectively. Training of educators in administration and coaching were conducted for 450 educators during the October school holidays. This training was conducted over 4 of the 9 prioritized codes, namely, Athletics, Football, Netball and Volleyball. Sport equipment and attire was distributed to all schools whose educators participated in the training. National Championships (Winter Games) took place in Durban during the June/July Holidays – our province were represented by winning schools (Rugby – Boys & Girls U/15 and Boys & Girls U/15 - Hockey ), as well as selected teams in Chess, Football, Netball, Volleyball, Kho-Kho and Jukskei. ORGANIZATIONAL TEACHING AND LEARNING SUPPORT SERVICES

Transport Services Due to the delay in the delivery of the subsidized vehicles the department had to request for additional fleet vehicles from the Northern Cape Fleet Entity. This was to allow officials who were waiting for their subsidized vehicles to be delivered to deliver services to our schools and learners. The non-delivery of subsidized vehicles is a national problem and is not only confined to the Northern Cape. In spite of these shortcomings the Northern Cape department of Education received an accolade from the Provincial Internal Audit team that the management of the fleet in the Department was the best for the 2016/17 financial year out of all the provincial departments. Hostel Administration The purpose of this sub-programme is to provide hostel accommodation to 5 469 learners in the province, in 79 hostels. The Department was able to assist hostels financially with additional funding to pay their services accounts. However, this assistance was only provided to hostels who could not pay these accounts from their own funds. Learner Support Material (LTSM) The period under review saw 99% of LTSM deliveries from publishers to the warehouse. The other 1% represents book out of print for which the publishers are also waiting on the printers to print those books. Off the 99% a 100% delivery to the schools were done. Auxiliary Management The Department is engaged with a process to claim back monies back from Telkom, which the Department is of the view that the service provider is owing. By the end of the day this process could mean revenue for the department. Administration The municipal services accounts are paid on time meaning that officials have access to a conducive working environment.

40

Strategic objectives:

Programme 1: Administration

Strategic objectives Actual Achievement

2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017

Deviation from Planned Target for 2016/2017

Comment on deviations

To provide support to the Department and its 558 learning and teaching institutions to bring them to optimal functionality by 2030

563 554 556 +2 (0.4%)

New schools built and closure of small farm and non-viable schools

Performance indicators


Performance Indicator Actual Achievement

2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM101:Number of public schools that use the schools administration and management systems to electronically provide data to the national learner tracking system

563 554 556 2 (0.4%)


PPM102:Number of public schools that can be contacted electronically (e-mail) 525 554 541 -13

(-2.3%) Far-flung schools that do not have connectivity

PPM103:Percentage of education current expenditure going towards non-personnel items (excl grants)

8.7% 14

(646 390/ 4 617 060)

23.3% (1 298 244/ 5 574 233)

(+9.3%) Inclusion of transfer funds in non-personnel items

PPM104:Number of schools visited by district officials for monitoring and support purposes. 478 554 543 -11

(-2%) Circuit manager vacancies in some districts



41

Sub-programme 1.2: Corporate Services


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



1.2.1:Number of institutions with audited financial statements submitted to the Provincial Education Department.

547 554 544 -10 (-1.8%)

Non-submission by small/farm and rural schools

Sub-programme 1.3: Education Management


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



1.3.1:Percentage of Grade 6 learners achieving 50% and above in First Additional Language in the Annual National Assessment (ANA)

N/A 51

(11 730/ 23 000)

N/A N/A Annual National Assessments were not administered during the 2016/17 financial year

1.3.2:Percentage of Grade 9 learners achieving 50% and above in First Additional Language in the Annual National Assessment (ANA)

N/A 40

(9 520/ 23 800)

N/A N/A Annual National Assessments were not administered during the 2016/17 financial year

Sub-programme 1.4: Human Resource Development


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



1.4.1:Number of school-based educators evaluated using the performance appraisal instrument

8 026 8 350 7 819 -531 (-6.4%)

Target could not be reached due to promotions, resignations, retirement, sick leave and study leave

1.4.2:Number of office-based educators evaluated using the performance appraisal instrument

398 495 460 -35 (-7.1%)

Target could not be reached due to promotions, resignations, retirement, sick leave and study leave

1.4.3:Number of public ordinary School Management Team members capacitated to ensure functional schools

281 562 633 71 (12.6%)

More vacancies filled than anticipated

42

Strategy to overcome areas of under performance

Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases Changes to planned targets

There were no changes to planned targets

Linking performance with budgets 75% of indicators were achieved within 5% of the target set. 37,5% of the targets were achieved or over-achieved. The Annual National Assessments were not written as it is currently being reconfigured. Transfer funds to schools have been included in the calculation as non-personnel current expenditure. An Education Lekgotla resolution compelled the Department to train all new SMT members before they take up their posts. Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

OFFICE OF THE MEC 10 904 10 908 (4) 7 796 7 796 -

CORPORATE SERVICES 324 731 325 475 (744) 299 727 299 727 -

EDUCATION MANAGEMENT 236 625 242 773 (6 148) 216 591 216 591 -

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 23 794 32 732 (8 938) 11 259 11 259 -

EMIS 13 437 13 437 - 15 597 15 597 -

Total 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 550 970 550 970 -

Programme 1: ADMINISTRATION

2016/2017 2015/2016

FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 578 907 584 365 (5 458) 528 271 528 271 -

Compensation of employees 438 407 443 865 (5 458) 410 033 410 033 -

Goods and services 140 481 140 481 - 118 220 118 220 -

Interest and rent on land 19 19 18 18 -

Transfers and subsidies 203 10 579 (10 376) 6 213 6 213 -

Payments for capital assets 30 381 30 381 - 16 486 16 486 -


Total 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 550 970 550 970 -


2016/2017 2015/2016



43

4.2 Programme 2: PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOL EDUCATION

Objective of Programme: To provide public ordinary education from Grade 1 to 12, in accordance with the South African Schools Act and White Paper 6 on inclusive education. (E-learning is also included)

Sub-programmes Sub-programme 2.1: Public Primary Level

To provide specific public primary ordinary schools (including inclusive education) with resources required for the Grade 1 to 7 level.

Sub-programme 2.2: Public Secondary Level To provide specific public secondary ordinary schools (including inclusive education) with resources

required for the Grade 8 to 12 levels. Sub-programme 2.3: Human resource development

To provide departmental services for the development of educators and non-educators in public ordinary schools (including inclusive education).

Sub-programme 2.4: School sport, culture and media services To provide additional and departmentally managed sporting, cultural and reading activities in public

ordinary schools (including inclusive education). Sub-programme 2.5: Conditional grants

To provide for projects (including inclusive education). under programme 2 specified by the Department of Basic Education and funded by conditional grants.


NATIONAL SCHOOL NUTRITION PROGRAMME (NSNP) The NSNP is funded through a Conditional Grant that is transferred to provinces according to the Division of Revenue Act (DORA) and other directives from the Department of Basic Education and the National Treasury. The allocation criteria to provinces are based on the poverty distribution table used in the National Norms and Standards for School Funding as gazetted by the Minister of Education on 17 October 2008 where 95% of the allocation is intended to cover expenditure on feeding specifically while 5% of the allocation is intended to cover non-personnel recurrent items that have direct impact on the operation of the programme.

For the year under review the Northern Cape received the following funding for the National School Nutrition Programme (NSNP):

TRANSFER AMOUNT DATE TRANSFERED

Quarter 1 = R 36 945 000

= R 2 510 000 ( Equipment)

7 April 2016

11 May 2016

Quarter 2 = R 36 945 000 14 June 2016

Quarter 3= R 36 944 000 08 September 2016

Quarter 4 = R 36 945 000 08 December 2016



44

TRANSFER AMOUNT DATE TRANSFERED

= R1 125 000 ( Drought relief) 15 March 2016

Quarter 2 = R 36 945 000 14 June 2016

TOTAL AMOUNT = R 152 414 000

OBJECTIVE TARGET ACTUAL PERFOMANCE

REASONS FOR DEVIATION

Number of learners fed 260 000 258 555 The increase of learners in the first quarter of the academic year, which is the last quarter of the financial year

Number of food gardens

250 224 The defunding of the food production function had a negative impact on the programme

Number of workshops conducted

11 10 The MRR training was only conducted with new employees

NSNP received additional funds for drought relief. The unit took a conscious decision to prioritise farm and small schools to the Northern Cape Department of Education strategic plan resolution to. This decision was also in response to the resolution that NCDOE took to prioritise farm and small schools. 129 farm and small schools benefited from additional drought relief fund. 17 655 primary and 3 378 secondary learners were the beneficiaries TEACHER DEVELOPMENT Subject-related Training: Pixley Ka Seme, Namakwa and Frances Baard trained teachers in the end-user computing and they completed the course during November 2016. 75 teachers in all were trained. Quarter four provided an opportunity for the remainder of the training to take place. End-User computing continued in the Frances Baard District. Training of teachers in the FET phase took place during February 2017. The training of Physical Science; Accounting; Life Sciences and Mathematical Literacy took place during February 2017. 81 Physical Science teachers were trained as well as 82 Accounting teachers, 64 Life Sciences teachers and 116 Mathematical Literacy teachers. B.Ed Degree courses: The SIOC/Rhodes B.Ed programme for Foundation Phase; EFAL and Mathematics. This is a special course where the concentration is on the specialisation of teaching of each subject. It is taking place in John Taolo Gaetsewe. The B.Ed Foundation Phase is continuing but teachers have dropped out or have failed the course to such an extent that only 32 remain in the programme out of a possible 36 teachers. Professional Learning Communities: Training of district officials from the five districts for the establishment of Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) took place during May and July 2016. 52 district officials were trained in Upington by a service provider funded by the Flemish company known as VVOB. Twelve district officials were invited from each district. The aim is to ensure that further training of all district officials takes place and that training of teachers in the schools will be implemented to ensure that PLCs are active in each school.



45

Continuing Professional Teacher Development (CPTD): The orientation and sign-up of Post Level One (PL1) teachers have been taking place up until May 2016. Once the Provincial Core Training Team (PCTT) was established in May the process was left to the PCTT to manage. The PCTT resolved to establish District Core Training Teams (DCTT) in order to ensure that training, monitoring and evaluation of the CPTD process will take place in the districts. This was necessary as the Districts do not have Teacher Development coordinators appointed to do the necessary interventions. Further sign-ups of PL1 teachers continued and 3000 teachers have been signed-up mainly in the Frances Baard and Namakwa districts. The rest of the cohort will be signed up once the District Core Training Teams have been trained. National Teaching Awards: The provincial Awards Ceremony yielded 8 winners. 7 teachers (1 teacher per category) + 1 team comprising of four teachers will represent the province in Pretoria in March 2017. The categories are: Excellence in Primary School Teaching; Excellence in Secondary School Teaching; Excellence in Primary School and Secondary School Leadership; Lifetime Achievement Award; Physical Science Teaching; Mathematics teaching and a team in Special Needs Teaching. The National Awards Ceremony took place on 25 March 2017 and the team which represented the province in Excellence in Special Needs teaching was awarded the second position. Funza Lushaka:

• 128 teachers received Funza Lusaka bursaries in their final year 2016. 113 teachers have been placed;

• 4 teachers declined their posts; • 4 were not placed; • 1 teacher resigned; • 2 did not qualify; • 2 continued with their studies; • 2 recipients wanted to be placed in Kimberley (specifically) and Pretoria respectively.

Induction of Principals: Financial assistance was provided to the IMGD sub-directorate for the induction of 55 newly appointed principals in the system. This induction process took place during 22 June – 8 July 2016.

46


Programme 2: Public Ordinary School Education


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



To monitor and implementation of the national Curriculum Statement and track the performance and development of 300 000 learners

264 038 268 550 270 989 2 439 (0.9%)

More learners enrolled in public ordinary schools




2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM201:Number of full service schools servicing learners with learning barriers 10 12 12 0 PPM202:Number of primary schools with an overall pass rate in ANA of 50% and above N/A 360 N/A N/A

Annual National Assessments were not administered during the 2016/17 financial year

PPM203:Number of secondary schools with an overall pass rate in ANA of 40% and above N/A 155 N/A N/A

Annual National Assessments were not administered during the 2016/17 financial year

PPM204:Number of secondary schools with National Senior Certificate (NSC) pass rate of 60% and above 96 125 116 -9

(-7.2%)

Some schools fared poorly in the gateway subjects of mathematics, physical sciences, life sciences and accounting

PPM205:The percentage of children who turned 9 in the previous year and who are currently enrolled in Grade 4 (or a higher grade)

65.1% 67%

(15 410/ 23 000)

66% (14 987/ 22 693)

-1% Slightly fewer learners in the appropriate age-cohort

PPM206:The percentage of children who turned 12 in the preceding year and who are currently enrolled in Grade 7 (or a higher grade)

54.9% 56%

(10 640/ 19 000)

55% (11 419/ 20 754)

-1% Slightly fewer learners in the appropriate age-cohort



47



2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM207:Number of schools provided with media resources 10 2 2 0

PPM208:Learner absenteeism rate 5.1%

5.5% (2 882 110/ 52 402 000)

5.7% (3 679 636/ 65 105 312)

-0.2% More learners missed schooldays during the financial year

PPM209:Teacher absenteeism rate 6.3%

6.9% (124 615/ 1 806 000

6.3% (104 747/

1 656 589) (+0.6%)

More educators were at school during the year

PPM210:Number of learners in public ordinary schools benefiting from the “No Fee School” policy

186 844 188 000 188 087 87 (0%)

Slightly more learners enrolled in public ordinary schools

PPM211:Number of educators trained in Literacy/Language content and methodology 6 128 4 600 7 408 2 808

(+61%) More educators trained to improve National Senior Certificate outcomes

PPM212:Number of educators trained in Numeracy/Mathematics content and methodology

4 015 4 100 4 213 113 (+2.8%)

More educators trained to improve National Senior Certificate outcomes

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.3: Human Resource Development Performance Indicator Actual

Achievement 2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



2.3.1:Number of teachers enrolled in the 4 year B .Ed. Foundation Phase programme. 0 100 32 -68

(-68%) Insufficient funds to train more educators

2.3.2:Number of teachers enrolled in the Multi-grade short course programme. 19 100 0 -100

(-100%) Appropriate service provider could not be secured in time

2.3.3:Number of teachers trained in subject-appropriate short courses 66 260 275 15

(5.8%) More educators trained to improve National Senior Certificate outcomes

2.3.4:Number of youth placed in the NYS-School Support Programme 49 136 136 0



48

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.4: School Sport, Culture and Media Services


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



2.4.1:Number of schools participating in Leagues in Prioritised codes 174 230 126 -104

(-45.2%) Only new schools registered in the financial year

2.4.2:Number of schools participating in Art and Culture competitions and festivals 96 150 73 -77

(-51.3%) Available funding could not accommodate more schools

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.5: Conditional Grant


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



2.5.1:Number of food handlers employed in the school nutrition programme 1 587 1 615 1 615 0

49

Strategy to overcome areas of under performance Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases Changes to planned targets There were no changes to planned targets Linking performance with budgets

58.8% of all targets in Programme 2 were achieved/overachieved. In only 29.4% (5/17) of indicators was the non-achievement more than 5% of the set target. More educators were trained in Mathematics and Languages to improve the 2016 NSC outcomes. The multi-grade short course programme could not take place as the service provider had been fully booked. Plans to train more B.Ed Foundation Phase educators were dropped due to a re-prioritisation of funds. Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

PUBLIC PRIMARY LEVEL 2 409 337 2 442 893 (33 556) 2 121 615 2 121 615 -

PUBLIC SECONDARY LEVEL 1 362 830 1 362 830 - 1 446 754 1 443 254 3 500

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 28 421 28 955 (534) 18 358 18 358 - SCHOOL SPORT, CULTURE AND MEDIA SERVICES 15 851 15 851 - 7 218 7 218 -

CONDITIONAL GRANTS 175 444 175 542 (98) 165 682 165 678 4

Total 3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 3 759 627 3 756 123 3 504

Programme 2: PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOL EDUCATION

2016/2017 2015/2016

FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 3 616 073 3 647 420 (31 347) 3 371 570 3 368 070 3 500

Compensation of employees 3 551 559 3 584 065 (32 506) 3 270 053 3 266 553 3 500

Goods and services 64 391 63 232 1 159 101 077 101 077 -

Interest and rent on land 123 123 440 440 -


Payments for capital assets 3 204 1 417 1 787 1 610 1 606 4


Total 3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 3 759 627 3 756 123 3 504


2016/2017 2015/2016



50

4.3 Programme 3: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL SUBSIDIES

Objective of Programme: To support independent schools in accordance with the South African Schools Act

Sub-programmes

Sub-programme 3.1: Primary Phase

To support independent schools in the Grade 1 to 7 phase. Sub-programme 3.2: Secondary Phase

To support independent schools in the Grade 8 to 12 phase.


INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS All registered Independent Schools are being monitored by the department. Funded Independent Schools are being monitored quarterly and Unfunded Independent Schools are monitored per semester by the Institutional Development Unit. There is a huge increase in the number of schools that are compliant. This can be attributed to the stringent monitoring, guidance and support by the Unit. A total of 4 038 learners are registered at the 32 registered Independent Schools in the province. Six of the registered Independent Schools are being subsidised by the Northern Cape Department of Education. It is expected that the number of Independent Schools will increase based on the number of enquiries regarding the requirements for the registration of Independent schools. The following could be seen as possible challenges: The mushrooming of Independent Schools, the delay of applications for registration and the resultant illegal operation of unregistered Independent Schools. HOME EDUCATION A total number of 59 learners are registered at 48 Home Education sites with the NCDOE in comparison to the 7 learners the previous year. This can be attributed to the advocacy programme that was conducted by the Unit in the Districts. Unregistered sites that operated illegally were unearthed and parents were encouraged to register with the NCDOE in order for them to comply with the legal prescripts. Empowering sessions were held in all the districts during November and December 2016. The objective was to empower the officials at district level to manage Home Education at that level before the submission of applications to Head office. A learner who received Home Education from the Frances Baard District, namely Mayuri Govender, won the National Spelling Bee Competition. The National policy is now at the level where the Provincial MECs must approve it. This will very soon be National Policy and compliance should then be no longer an issue.

51


Programme 3: Independent School Subsidies


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



To ensure the execution of institutional management processes and support of 6 funded independent schools

5 5 6 1 (20%)

An additional school was funded during the financial year


Programme 3: Independent School Subsidies


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017

Deviation from Planned

Target for 2016/2017


PPM301:Number of subsidised learners in registered independent schools 1 523 1 585 1 677 92

(5.8%) An additional school, Shekinah Christian School, was subsidised in this financial year

PPM302:Percentage of registered independent schools receiving subsidies 14% 14%

(5/35) 17.6% (6/34) 3.6%

An additional school, Shekinah Christian School, was subsidised in this financial year

PPM303:Percentage of registered independent schools visited for monitoring and support 100% 100%

(5/5) 100% (5/5) 0

52

Strategy to overcome areas of under performance Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases. Changes to planned targets

There were no changes to planned targets.

Linking performance with budgets

All targets in Programme 3 were attained to within 5% of the target set. An additional school, Shekinah Christian School was approved for funding during the financial year Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

INDEPENDENT PRIMARY LEVEL 1 706 1 706 - 514 514 -

INDEPENDENT SECONDARY LEVEL 7 016 7 016 - 7 373 7 373 -

Total 8 722 8 722 - 7 887 7 887 -

Programme 3: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL SUBSIDY

2016/2017 2015/2016

FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments - - - - - -

Compensation of employees - - - - - -

Goods and services - - - - - -

Interest and rent on land - - - - -

Transfers and subsidies 8 722 8 722 - 7 887 7 887 -

Payments for capital assets - - - - - -


Total 8 722 8 722 - 7 887 7 887 -


2016/2017 2015/2016



53

4.4 Programme 4: PUBLIC SPECIAL SCHOOL EDUCATION

Objective of Programme: To provide compulsory public education in special schools in accordance with the South African Schools Act and White Paper 6 on inclusive education. (E-learning activities are also included)

Sub-programmes

Sub-programme 4.1: Schools To provide specific public special schools with resources. (Including E-learning and inclusive education)

Sub-programme 4.2: Human Resource Development To provide departmental services for the development of educators and non-educators in public special schools (including inclusive education).

Sub-programme 4.3: School sport, culture and media services. To provide additional and departmentally managed sporting, cultural and reading activities in public special schools (including inclusive education).

Sub-programme 4.4: Conditional Grants To provide for projects under programme 4 specified by the Department of Basic Education and funded by conditional grants (including inclusive education).


Achievements Percentage of learners with special needs in special schools retained in school until age 16 At this stage in Special schools there are 87% of learners retained under the age of 16 years. The admission of learners is at 1 907 of new application were 451 new applicants. 222 learners are on the waiting list in need of placement in Special Schools, and have been re-prioritised. The total placed is 673. Percentage of special schools serving as Resource Centres 5 of the 11 Special Schools are serving as Resource Centres for full service schools. A separate basket of posts was created for post provisioning of all special schools Number of educators trained in inclusive support programmes 1 961 educators were trained in inclusive support programmes out of the 2 000 educators targeted for the year. The revised SIAS training was provided for all district and head office officials as well as educators in schools. Number of full service schools A target of 12 Full Service schools was set for 2016/2017 financial year. 2 of the full service schools are in Pixley Ka Seme, 2 in John Taolo Gaetsewe, 2 in ZF Mgcawu, 3 in Namakwa and 3 in Frances Baard. From the full service schools learners are being placed in Special Schools for intensive support.



54

Assistive Devices No assistive devices were purchased in the 2016/2017 financial year. However, a donation of R495 000.00 worth of assistive devices was donated by Maphalane Disabled Trust to Learamele School in JTG.

55


Programme 4: Public Special School Education


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017

Deviation from Planned Target

for 2016/2017


To expand the reach of educational programmes to support 4 000 learners with special educational needs

2 009 2 000 2 145 145 (7.3%)

Greater need to accommodate learners in Special schools


Programme 4: Public Special School Education


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017




PPM401:Percentage of learners with special needs in special schools retained in school until age 16

70% 50% (880/

1 760) 70.1% 20.1% More learners under 16 retained in

special schools

PPM402:Percentage of special schools serving as Resource Centres 30% 40%

(4/10) 45.5% (5/11) 5.5% Additional school designated as

resource centre

Sub-programme 4.2: Human Resource Development


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017




4.2.1:Number of educators trained in inclusive support programmes 1 432 2 000 1 968 -32

(-1.6%) Training occurred as per the needs of the schools

56


Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases. Changes to planned targets



66.7% of the targets in Programme 4 were over-achieved. The target for 16 year-old learners retained was set too low in the absence of reliable data. A new special school in Kleinzee was also designated as a resource centre to service schools in the district. Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

SCHOOLS 116 175 132 276 (16 101) 112 557 112 557 -

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 55 55 - 13 13 -

SCHOOL SPORT, CULTURE AND MEDIA SERVICES - - - 62 62 -

Total 116 230 132 331 (16 101) 112 632 112 632 -

Programme 4: PUBLIC SPECIAL SCHOOL EDUCATION

2016/2017 2015/2016

FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 102 335 117 114 (14 779) 100 209 100 209 -

Compensation of employees 101 747 116 526 (14 779) 99 658 99 658 -

Goods and services 588 588 - 551 551 -



Payments for capital assets - - - - - -


Total 116 230 132 331 (16 101) 112 632 112 632 -


2016/2017 2015/2016



57

4.5 Programme 5: EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT

Objective of Programme: To provide Early Childhood Education (ECD) at the Grade R and pre-grade R in accordance with White Paper 5. (E-learning is also included)

Sub-programmes

Sub-programme 5.1: Grade R in Public Schools

To provide specific public ordinary schools with resources required for Grade R. Sub-programme 5.2: Grade R in early childhood development centres

To support Grade R at early childhood development centres. Sub-programme 5.3: Pre-Grade R Training

To provide training and payment of stipends of Pre-Grade R practitioners/ educators Sub-programme 5.4: Human Resource Development

To provide departmental services for the development of practitioners/ educators and non-educators in grade R at public schools and ECD centres.

Sub-programme 5.5: Conditional Grant To provide for projects under programme 5 specified by the Department of Basic Education

and funded by conditional grants


Recent policy documents on Education and Training including White Paper 5 on Education and training, shows that government is committed to increase Early Childhood Development (ECD) provisioning and has acknowledged the importance of ECD as a fundamental pillar of life-long learning. Since the release of White Paper 1 on Education and Training (1995), where the introduction of a compulsory Reception Year was introduced, until White Paper 5 (2001) on Early Childhood Development, where mechanisms were outlined to ensure universal access to Grade R by 2010, there has been a steady increase in the provision of Grade R programme, particularly in Public schools with a Grade 1 class. The White Paper proposed that by 2010 all children would have access to a quality Grade R programme. The deadline was extended to 2019. National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy 2015 was also developed to address the provisioning of Early Childhood Development for children from birth to four. The intent of the democratically elected government is further illustrated in the National Development Plan which prescribes 2 years of quality preschool enrolment for four and five year olds as compulsory before Grade 1. In addition; Action Plan 2019: Towards the realisation of schooling 2030, Goal 11 sets clear targets to improve the access of children to quality early childhood development below Grade 1. PROGRESS REPORT PRE-GRADE R The National Curriculum Framework (NCF) promotes a holistic vision of ECD which pays attention to:

The first 1 000 days which are the windows of opportunities for interventions before birth and the first two years of life after birth; and

The third and fourth years of life and the time before the child enters primary school

50 Pre Grade R centres have been identified by NCDoE and DSD to pilot the National Curriculum Framework. 132 care givers and 6 assistants from 48 centres in the Province were monitored and supported on the implementation of the NCF, where 3411 learners are benefitting from the programme.



58

Cluster sessions were held for 80 care-givers in the 5 districts and were supported on classroom layout and daily programme.

40 Stimulation packs were procured and distributed to nineteen (19) centres, and additional resources were distributed to toy libraries in five districts to strengthen the use of toys for the development of foundational skills.

50 Pre Grade R practitioners are continuing with their training on Diploma in Grade R Teaching (NQF Level 6) by NWU and will complete the qualification at the end of 2017.

A stipend of R1 600.00 is paid to thirty nine (39) care-givers. Provincial forum coordinated by the Department of Social Development and co-chaired by Departments of Education and Health has been established.

QUALITY IN GRADE R Practitioners have been supported on the implementation of CAPS as follows 130 Grade R practitioners are in their final year in the Diploma in Grade R Teaching, and 20 additional practitioners funded by ACCIONA are in their second year.

Shooter and Shooter provided Handwriting Training manuals procured by the Province and trained 401 out of 763 Grade R practitioners on how to introduce and strengthen Emergent Handwriting skills to Grade R Learners. Support was provided to 166 practitioners during school visits in Public Primary Schools and 31 in practitioners from community based sites in all five districts by district officials on the following areas: Strengthening languages and mathematics, Lesson Planning, Development of materials for Phonics, Monitor use of workbooks, Support on Basic concept and creative writing, Classroom layout, assessment, Curriculum Coverage, integrated lesson plans and time tabling 571 practitioners from public schools and 32 Community based sites in all five districts were also supported during cluster sessions on the following topics: Mental Mathematics, Space & Shape, Share Reading and Phonics, Admissions and Section 21 allocations, Utilization of workbooks, How to implement the Daily Programme, How to do Integrated lesson plan, Analyses of Diagnostic Test 2016 – Interventions, and the discussion of the importance of

Baseline Assessment.

The following learning support materials were procured for grade R classes:

• 20 Basic minimum Packs • 22 Basic indoor furniture • Hand writing guidelines • Toy Library resources and • Outdoor equipment for 20 community-based sites

EXPANSION IN ECD A target of 18 627 learners was expected to be enrolled in 2016/17 financial year. Through various recruitment strategies such as information sessions for principals by the provincial and district officials as well as use of media the number of learners enrolled was19 022 with 751 practitioners employed.



59

381 Public schools were targeted to offer Grade R in the Province and only 378 schools were able to offer Grade R due to infrastructure backlog. 79% of Grade 1 learners have accessed Grade R. There are currently 39 practitioners who are fully qualified in Diploma and above and 682 NQF Level 4 and 5 and 30 Grade 12. (All those with Grade 12 are part of the training of Grade R teaching Diploma training with North West University (NWU). 5 new Grade R classes were completed (1 single and 4 double) and 14 additional grade R classes as well as 2 mobile classrooms were opened in January 2017.

60


Programme 5: Early Childhood Development


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



To provide quality Early Childhood Development services to 450 public schools offering Grade R

377 377 378 1 (0.3%) One additional public school offering Grade R


Programme 5: Early Childhood Development


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017




PPM501:Number of public schools that offer Grade R 377 377 378 1

(0.3%) One school (Vanzylsrus Primary) re-opened ECD in 2016.

PPM502:Percentage of Grade 1 learners who have received formal Grade R education 79.7%

70% (20 720/ 29 600)

80.7% (18 538/ 22 984)

10.7% More learners are accessing Grade R

PPM503:Percentage of employed ECD practitioners with NQF level 4 and above 96% 98%

(613/625) 96%

(721/751) -2% Practitioners who have qualifications below NQF level 4 will only be completing their studies in Dec 2017.



61

Sub-programme 5.1: Grade R in Public Schools


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017




5.1.1:Number of Grade R practitioners trained in the Diploma in Grade R Teaching 130 250 150 -100

(-40%) The additional practitioners could not be trained due to SCM processes which were challenged legally

5.1.2:Number of practitioners in public schools supported on CAPS 532 600 887 287

(47.8%) More practitioners were appointed due to an increase in learner enrolment

Sub-programme 5.2: Grade R in Community Centres


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017




5.2.1:Number of Grade R practitioners in community-based sites supported in CAPS 50 55 66 11

(20%) Provincial officials were deployed to assist districts

Sub-programme 5.3: Pre-Grade R Training


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017




5.3.1:Number of caregivers trained in the Diploma in Grade R Teaching 50 50 50 0

62

Strategy to overcome areas of under performance Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases. Changes to planned targets



71.4% (5/7) of the indicators in Programme 5 were (over)achieved. Only one indicator was under-achieved by more than 5%. More practitioners could not be trained due to legal challenges to the supply-chain management processes. Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

GRADE R IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS 77 906 75 988 1 918 78 288 77 676 612

GRADE R IN EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT CENTRES 6 132 5 908 224 2 527 2 527 -

PRE-GRADE R TRAINING 2 430 1 649 781 2 749 2 749 -

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 200 128 72 403 403 -

Total 86 668 83 673 2 995 83 967 83 355 612

Programme 5: EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT

2016/2017 2015/2016

FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 73 075 70 593 2 482 71 169 70 557 612

Compensation of employees 66 207 66 207 - 63 465 63 465 -

Goods and services 6 868 4 386 2 482 7 704 7 092 612


Transfers and subsidies 13 391 12 878 513 12 793 12 793 -

Payments for capital assets 202 202 - 5 5 -


Total 86 668 83 673 2 995 83 967 83 355 612


2016/2017 2015/2016



63

4.6 Programme 6: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

Objective of Programme: To provide and maintain infrastructure facilities for schools and non-schools

Sub-programmes Sub-programme 61: Administration To provide and maintain infrastructure facilities for administration Sub-programme 6.2: Public Ordinary Schools To provide and maintain infrastructure facilities for public ordinary school Sub-programme 6.3: Public Special Schools To provide and maintain infrastructure facilities for public special school Sub-programme 6.4: Early Childhood Development To provide and maintain infrastructure facilities for early childhood development


The Department has attended to the 3 year implementation plan of the Norms and Standards in terms of the provisioning of water, electricity and sanitation to schools. The Ablution and Sanitation programme is applied where facilities do not meet the minimum suitability for Sanitation. Plain pit and bucket latrines are not allowed at schools according to the Norms and Standards for Public School Infrastructure. The Department has commenced with the implementation of the 7 year implementation plan that initiates the Upgrade of Water, Electricity and Sanitation Supply Programme. PPM601 - Number of public ordinary schools provided with water supply A total of 57 schools received upgrades where the facilities did not meet the minimum suitability for Water Supply thus far in the 2016/17 financial year. PPM602 - Number of public ordinary schools provided with electricity supply A total of 6 schools received upgrades where the facilities did not meet the minimum suitability for Electricity Supply thus far in the 2016/17 financial year. PPM603 - Number of public ordinary schools supplied with sanitation facilities A total of 14 schools received ablution block and mobile ablution facilities where the facilities did not meet the minimum suitability for Sanitation Supply thus far in the 2016/17 financial year. Out of the 14 schools that received ablutions 2 were constructed and 12 were mobile facilities. PPM604 - Number of classrooms built in public ordinary schools The Department is in the process of addressing backlogs regarding the provisioning of classrooms in the Northern Cape. New classrooms are built in addition to the planned maintenance at schools, repairs and renovations are done on existing classrooms to bring them up to an acceptable standard. A total of 67 classrooms have been constructed in the 2016/17 financial year and this includes the new and replacement schools classrooms. Furthermore, a total of 25 mobile classrooms were delivered in order to address overcrowding in schools.



64

PPM605 - Number of specialist rooms built in public ordinary schools Specialist rooms include Media Centres, Computer rooms, Libraries and Laboratories. This also includes conversions of existing facilities into these Specialist Rooms and new schools. The department is addressing backlogs regarding the provisioning of these rooms in the Northern Cape. Ten (10) specialist rooms were completed for 2016/17. The other specialist room under construction will only be completed in 2017/18. PPM606 - Number of new schools completed and ready for occupation (includes replacement schools) The completion of new schools takes a period of 3 years and as these larger projects are implemented by agents, the progress is sometimes slow. The new Valspan Secondary School, replacement Philipsvale and Kitlanyang Primary Schools were completed in the 2016/17 financial year. PPM607 - Number of new schools under construction (includes replacement schools) The demand for new school infrastructure is determined by the demand for social infrastructure such as new housing settlements. In this instance, new schools will be planned for these areas. For the foreseeable future, the Department has identified through the rigorous interrogation of migratory statistics, the development plans of local municipalities and the determination of the current gaps in available infrastructure, that the planning and implementation of new schools will be required in the areas identified as per the table below.

EMIS PROJECT NAME PROJECT STATUS

DISTRICT MUNICIPALITY PROGRAMME

NEW Barkley Rooirand (New School) Design Frances Baard New Full Service

School

300016203 Groenpunt Primêre Skool Construction 1 – 25% Frances Baard Replacement School

NEW JTG (New School And Hostel) Dithakong

Construction 1 – 25%

John Taolo Gaetsewe

New Full Service School

NEW Karos (New School) Construction 1 – 25% ZF Mgcawu New Full Service

School

300100707 Khiba Middle School Construction 1 – 25%

John Taolo Gaetsewe Replacement School

NEW Mogajaneng New Secondary School Design John Taolo

Gaetsewe New Full Service School

NEW Offshoot Vaal Oranje (New School) Secondary School

Design Pixley Ka Seme New Full Service School

NEW Steynsville (New School) Site Handover Pixley Ka Seme New Full Service

School



65

EMIS PROJECT NAME PROJECT STATUS

DISTRICT MUNICIPALITY PROGRAMME

NEW Wrenchville P/S [New] Construction 50 - 75%

John Taolo Gaetsewe

New Full Service School

PPM608 - Number of Grade R classrooms built in public ordinary schools Most of the projects are for double ECD centres thus counted as 2 classrooms within one school. The building of all the ECD Centres are managed by implementing agents and progress is sometimes slow. Regular meetings are held with these implementing agents to try to resolve these issues. The ECD classrooms at Sternham Intermediate School, Manyeding Primary School, and replacements schools Philipsvale Primary School and Kitlanyang Primary School were completed and 2 mobile ECD classrooms were delivered at Alheit Primary School within the 2016/17 financial year. PPM609 - Number of hostels built There are two hostels that were targeted for the 2016/17 financial year, namely, Batlharo Tlhaping and Lesedi Secondary schools’ hostels. These projects are in the final construction stage and will be completed within the 1st quarter of the 2017/18 financial year. The replacement of the hostel at Kitlanyang Primary School was completed. PPM610 - Number of public ordinary schools undergoing scheduled maintenance Scheduled maintenance is done every 7 years in Northern Cape schools. In addition to the planned maintenance, repairs and renovations are done on existing facilities and sometimes emergency repairs are also done. There were 38 schools that underwent maintenance in the 2016/17 financial year: Additional Information The department, furthermore, completed 1 administration block and 2 mobile administration facilities, 1 school hall, 7 nutrition kitchens and 45 security fencing projects in the 2016/17 financial year.

66




2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



To provide requisite educational infrastructure for all communities in the Northern Cape 563 554 556 2

(0.4%) New schools built and closure of small farm and non-viable schools




2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM601:Number of public ordinary schools provided with water supply 0 0 0 0 PPM602:Number of public ordinary schools provided with electricity supply 0 0 0 0 PPM603:Number of public ordinary schools supplied with sanitation facilities 0 0 0 0 PPM604:Number of classrooms built in public ordinary schools 6 60 62 2

(3.3%) Acceleration of building programme

PPM605:Number of specialist rooms built in public ordinary schools 1 3 9 6

(200%) Acceleration of building programme

PPM606:Number of new schools completed and ready for occupation (includes replacement schools)

3 0 3 3 (100%)

Acceleration of building programme

PPM607:Number of new schools under construction (includes replacement schools) 6 17 5 -12

(-70.6%)

Education Infrastructure Grant was not able to handle all of these new schools and some of them have been reprioritized



67



2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM608:Number of Grade R classrooms built 8 20 7 -13

(-65%)

Education Infrastructure Grant was not able to handle all of these new classrooms and some of them have been reprioritized

PPM609:Number of hostels built 0 0 1 1

(100%) Acceleration of building programme

PPM610:Number of schools undergoing scheduled maintenance 44 88 38 -50

(-56.8%)

Some of the scheduled maintenance projects were reprioritized as the Department has resolved to do complete school renovations

68


Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases Changes to planned targets



57.1% (4/7) of targets set in Programme 6 were over-achieved. The New Valspan Secondary school was targeted to complete in 2015/16 f/y, but however due to ground conditions not picked up in the geotech report completed in the 2016/17 f/y. The 2 Replacement Schools, Philipsvale Primary School and Kitlanyang Primary School was estimated to only complete in 2017/18 but however due to acceleration of building programme the contractors managed to complete these schools within the 2016/17 f/y. the 17 schools not being under construction and the ECD Classrooms not being completed is mainly due to the Education Infrastructure Grant was not able to handle all of the new projects some of them have been reprioritized. Kitlanyang Primary School's hostel was estimated to only complete in 2017/18, however, due to acceleration of the building programme the contractors managed to complete this hostel within the 2016/17 f/y. The Department furthermore reprioritized some of the scheduled maintenance projects as it was resolved to do complete school renovations instead of just addressing certain parts. Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

ADMINISTRATION 28 983 28 983 - 29 437 29 437 -

PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOLS 449 680 452 420 (2 740) 411 773 399 283 12 490

SPECIAL SCHOOLS 5 195 5 195 - - - -

EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT 13 451 13 451 - 14 722 14 722 -

Total 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 455 932 443 442 12 490

Programme 6: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

2016/2017 2015/2016

FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


FinalAppropriation

ActualExpenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 99 736 99 736 - 108 933 108 933 -

Compensation of employees 12 525 12 525 - 13 173 13 173 -

Goods and services 87 211 87 211 - 95 759 95 759 -

Interest and rent on land - - 1 1 -

Transfers and subsidies - 254 (254) - - -

Payments for capital assets 397 573 400 059 (2 486) 346 999 334 509 12 490


Total 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 455 932 443 442 12 490


2016/2017 2015/2016



69

4.7 Programme 7: EXAMINATION AND EDUCATION-RELATED SERVICES

Objective of Programme: To provide the education institutions as a whole with examination and education related services.

Sub-programmes

Sub-programme 7.1: Payments to SETA To provide employee HRD in accordance with the Skills Development Act. Sub-programme 7.2: Professional Services To provide educators and learners in schools with departmentally managed support services. Sub-programme 7.3: Special projects

To provide for special departmentally managed intervention projects in the education system as a whole.

Sub-programme 7.4: External examinations To provide for departmentally managed examination services

Sub-programme 7.5: Conditional grant To provide for projects specified by the Department of Education that is applicable to more than one

programme and funded with conditional grants.


EXAMINATIONS AND ASSESSMENT CHIEF DIRECTORATE

The Examinations and Assessment Chief Directorate is responsible for the Conduct, Administration and Management of Examinations and Assessment in all public schools (and a few independent schools) in the Province and include amongst others the following formal Examinations and Assessment:

• Senior Certificate (Amended) in May/June 2016; • Grade 12 Preparatory Examinations in September 2016; • National Senior Certificate (NSC) in October/November 2016; • National Examinations in Physical Sciences and Mathematics in Grade 10 and 11 2016; • Provincial Common Examinations Grades 3, 6, 9, 10, 11 and 12 in June and November

2016; • ABET Level 4 in June and November 2016; • Common Assessment Task for Life Orientation in Grade 12 (September) with a rewrite in

October 2016. • Supplementary Examination in February/March 2017;

The Northern Cape Department of Education extended the Minister’s mandate to include the writing of Provincial Common Examinations in Grades 3, 6, 9, 10 and 11 and in more subjects for the June and November examinations as well as June examinations for Grade 12. In response to the Action Plan 2014: Towards the Realisation of Schooling 2025, a National examination is written in Grade 10 and 11 in Physical Sciences and Mathematics. In addition to the mandated languages (Afrikaans, English, isiXhosa, Setswana, Sesotho) and Mathematics, the mandate was extended to include following subjects: Accounting, Agricultural Sciences, Business Studies, CAT, Economics, Geography, History, Life Sciences, Life Orientation, Mathematics, Mathematical Literacy and Physical Sciences.



70

The Examination and Assessment results are used to monitor progress and guide the planning and distribution of resources to help improve knowledge and skills of learners in the grades concerned. In addition, the results are combined with School- Based Assessment and are therefore used for progression and promotion purposes. Progression and promotion of learners should be based on recorded evidence in formal assessment tasks (common examinations). Monitoring and evaluation is pivotal to administering credible public examinations in South Africa. The five pillars of the Department of Basic Education's (DBE’s) enhanced monitoring and evaluation approach that are continually being improved upon, include the development of norms and standards, the mediation of norms and standards, coordination of examination processes, monitoring and support of Provincial Education Departments, and feedback through regular reporting and dialogue for joint accountability, improved management responses to early warning systems, and to encourage ongoing innovation that will lead to the realisation of a world class national examination and assessment system. The Conduct, Administration and Management of Examinations and Assessment entail the following processes, which are divided into three Directorates: System Administration and Certification This Directorate is responsible for the registration of candidates; Capturing of entries; Capturing of marks; Issuing of administrative documents; resulting and the issuing of certificates. For the November 2016 NSC Examination, 11 821 candidates entered for the examination; 10 042 wrote and 7 902 passed. The pass percentage of the province was 78,7%. 1 230 learners were progressed (53,6%). Examination Administration This Directorate is responsible for the Printing, Packing and Distribution of Question Papers, Stationery and other related examination related material to District Offices and storage points. Strict security measures are upheld at these sites. Delivery vehicles are accompanied by armed security officials. Assessment Examination centres and distribution points are audited annually in order to ensure that they maintain appropriate facilities for the storage and safe-keeping of examination material. The province has registered 136 public, 3 independent centres and 1 provincially established centre where examinations will be written. At the time of DBE’s visit, contracts were in place between the Department and the Independent Centres. The Examination unit is responsible for the monitoring of the administration of School Based Assessment. The administration of the SBA must be monitored at school, district and provincial level and the focus must be on confirming compliance to the policy requirements. At each of these levels of the system, the monitoring will be directed at aspects that are relevant to that level of the system. Monitoring by the provincial head office, of the district will provide confirmation of the following: The functionality of the SBA, PAT, Oral systems at district level i.e. SBA, PAT and Orals are implemented in accordance with CAPS; The district has conducted an audit of the school’s SBA, PAT and Oral systems; All schools within the district are moderated by the district subject specialist or through the use of a cluster, teacher moderator, or any other model approved by the province; The moderation conducted by the district must be inclusive of assessment tasks and learner evidence; Learner evidence sampling within a school is representative of the spectrum of achievement levels i.e. high, moderate, low; Learner scores are accurately recorded; Computerised SBA, PAT and Orals mark sheets are completed by all schools. Monitoring by the DBE verifies compliance at provincial level.



71

The PED appoints school principals as chief invigilators and teachers as invigilators. The provincial examination officials trained all five district Heads of Examinations and their officials as well as principals. Invigilators are trained by district officials. The provincial and district monitoring plans for the conduct and administration of the 2016 NSC are verified and approved by the DBE. The PED usually monitor all examination centres on the first day of the examination as a joint provincial and district effort. The Province also usually monitors all schools when subjects such as Mathematical Literacy (with annexures) are written. All distribution points are monitored daily. Provincial and District monitors are trained before commencing with their tasks. The training entails how to approach monitoring, what aspects to focus on, observing processes, scrutinising documents, advice and support. Administrative irregularities are corrected/addressed immediately and reported. Serious irregularities will be reported, investigated and appropriate action will be taken pending the outcome of the investigation. The conduct and administration of the NSC examinations are also monitored by DBE and Umalusi. The pre-marking and marking of answer scripts of candidates is regarded as a very important process in the examination cycle, since this is where the final judgement is made on the performance of the candidates. During Pre-marking, the Chief Markers and Internal Moderators are joined by other subject specialists for a thorough memorandum discussion and marking of a sample of scripts. A detailed report is presented at the National Memorandum Discussions in Pretoria. Conclusion The Northern Cape PED successfully administered all 2016 and 2017 Supplementary examinations through the continued support and commitment of all stakeholders, continued efforts of committed staff and special vigilance of overall security.

HIV & AIDS LIFE SKILLS EDUCATION

The HIV & AIDS Life Skills Education program was introduced to respond to the global needs of educators, learners and students. The purpose of this program is to address the barriers that learners and students are exposed to and to engage them in programmes that would enhance their social skills.

The HIV & AIDS Pandemic is a national as well as a provincial imperative. The HIV & AIDS Life Skills Sub–directorate in collaboration with the Curriculum Sub–directorate, therefore have a responsibility to ensure that educators are trained to implement the Life Skills Program in schools. Furthermore, learners in both primary and high schools are trained as Peer Educators and Buddyz (Soul Buddyz Clubs) respectively.

Achievements: School and public awareness of HIV risk factors The Unit commemorated World Tuberculosis (TB) Day at Deben Primary School in the John Taolo Gaetsewe (JTG) District. The event was a National Commemoration, supported by Senior Management of National Department of Basic Education. Learners from identified schools participated in the build- up activities hosted at their respective schools, educating them on TB, the Symptoms and Causes. The build-up sessions was reinforced with the presence of the National TB Mobile Truck. All learners demonstrated their understanding of TB and how to prevent it by virtue of different Drama’s, Role Plays, Poems and Rap Songs during the official TB Commemoration at Deben Primary School.



72

The Unit conducted School Based Advocacy, presenting a Drama Show Case on the social Ills confronting learners as the youth on the detrimental effects of Teenage Pregnancies, Alcohol and Drug Abuse, HIV & AIDS, STI’s as well as TB for learners of 11 High Schools in the Frances Baard District. The program consisted of a 45 minute play, after which learners participated by presenting their personal experience on the presented social ills. A participant questionnaire/reflection was conducted to evaluate the significant achievement of the determent outcomes. Continued School Based Advocacy and observation of focus days (Heritage Day, Freedom Day, Teenage Pregnancy Week, STI Week and World Aids Day) including continued addressing of social ills (Alcohol, Drug and Substance Abuse as well as Prevention and Management of Teenage Pregnancy), across the province, reaching 3 492 learners. The aim was directed at creating awareness and encouraging informed, responsible decision making and appropriate behavioural conduct by learners The Unit, in collaboration with the Provincial Council on Aids (PCA), actively participated in hosting World Aids Day on 01 December 2016, having social mobilization of the JTG Community for creating awareness and community participation for responding to the growing scourge of the epidemic. Life Skills Sexuality Training The JTG Sexuality Reproductive Health Program for Emancipating a Girl Child Learner, focusing on Educators was concluded, reaching 27 educators and 4 520 learners the financial year. Functional peer education programs The Unit conducted a Curriculum Integrated Peer Educator Top Achievers Camp in support of grade 12 learner academic performances and development of coping and behavioural skills, to manage the confrontation of challenging social ills. Continued district school based peer education programs conducted in the John Taolo, Frances Baard and Pixley Ka Seme (PKS) District respectively, empowering learners to make informed, responsible decisions, when confronted with Life Threatening Social Conduct/ behaviours by peers The Unit hosted a Career and Academic Motivational Session in the PKS District to support grade 12 learners and parents from rural schools and in need of support, reaching 203 learners Continued Behavioural Change Intervention session, Life Skills & Self Discipline conducted in the PKS District, reaching 64 Learners Ongoing Partnership program with NGO- Hunger & Thirst, empowering learners on Life Skills and Coping Skills, reaching 493 primary school learners Providing Care & Support to vulnerable learners The Unit conducted Lay Counselling Trainings in all five (5) districts, reaching 36 Educators First Aid Training. The Unit delivered First Aid Kits to all five (5) districts and allocated all participants of the scheduled Annual First Aid Training Sessions. The Unit conducted First Aid training in all five (5) districts, reaching 53 educators Integrated School Health Program implemented in schools The Unit continued to participate in the collaboration program of Department of Health (DOH), Department of Social Development (DSD) and Department of Education (DOE), for implementing the Integrated School Health Program (ISHP) in quintile 1 to 3 schools, the Human Papiloma Vaccination (HPV) for young girls, lead by DOH as well as the De-worming Program, lead by the National School Nutrition Program



73

Age appropriate HIV and SRH LTSM used in schools All Business Plan Approved Learning and Teaching Support Material was procured and delivered to the 50 targeted schools during the financial year of reporting.



74


Programme 7: Examination and Education Related Services


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017

Deviation from Planned Target for

2016/2017


To establish a world-class system of standardised assessments and life skills education which caters for 558 schools

563 554 556 2 (0.4%)





2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM701:Percentage of learners who passed National Senior Certificate (NSC) *ST701 Number of learners in Grade 12 who wrote National Senior Certificates (NSC) examinations - 10 042 *ST702 Number of learners who passed National Senior Certificate (NSC) – 7 902

69.4% 75 78.7% (7 902/

10 042)

3.7%

Targeted interventions aimed at progressed learners as well as underperforming schools



75



2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM702:Percentage of Grade 12 learners passing at bachelor level

*ST703 Number of learners who obtained Bachelor passes in the National Senior Certificate (NSC)1

21.1%

– 2 606

23 26% (2 606/

10 042)

3% Targeted interventions aimed at progressed learners as well as underperforming schools

PPM703:Percentage of Grade 12 learners achieving 50% or more in Mathematics

*ST705 Number of Grade 12 achieving 50% or more in Mathematics - 736

24% 25 26.4% (736/

2 789) 1.4% Targeted interventions aimed at progressed

learners as well as underperforming schools

PPM704:Percentage of Grade 12 learners achieving 50% or more in Physical Science

*ST707 Number of Grade 12 achieving 50% or more in Physical Science – 543

19.4% 22 21.2% (543/

2 558) -0.8%

Lack of science laboratories and kits hampers the performance of experiments in chemistry

PPM705:Percentage of Grade 3 learners achieving 50% and above in Home Language in the Annual National Assessment (ANA)

N/A 65 N/A N/A Annual National Assessments were not administered during the 2016/17 financial year

*Statistical data included as Appendix E in the Annual Performance Plan (as static information) is included in the Annual Performance Report for completeness and consistency



76



2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



PPM706:Percentage of Grade 3 learners achieving 50% and above in Mathematics in the Annual National Assessment (ANA)




PPP708:Percentage of Grade 6 learners achieving 50% and above in Mathematics in the Annual National Assessment (ANA)




PPM710:Percentage of Grade 9 learners achieving 50% and above in Mathematics in the Annual National Assessment (ANA)


Sub-programme 7.2: Conditional Grants


2015/2016

Planned Target

2016/2017

Actual Achievement

2016/2017



7.2.1:Number of learners trained to implement the sexual and reproductive health Education including HIV and Aids & TB

47 50 50 0

7.2.2:Number of public secondary school learners trained as Peer Educators 254 50 95 45

(90%) More learners reached at Top-achievers camp



77

Strategy to overcome areas of under performance Over the MTEF targets will be scaled down because of marginal budget increases Changes to planned targets


Linking performance with budgets 83.3% (5/6) of the indicators in Programme 7 have been over/achieved in the 2016/17 financial year. More learners were trained as Peer educators during the Top Achievers camp without any additional financial burden to the unit. Some schools fared poorly in Physical Science due to a lack of resources such as laboratories and science equipment. Sub-programme expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

PAYMENT SETA 6 064 6 064 - 5 313 5 313 -

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 19 932 20 091 (159) 21 734 21 722 12

SPECIAL PROJECTS 31 942 35 371 (3 429) 58 551 58 513 38

EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS 69 163 64 075 5 088 61 892 52 889 9 003

CONDITIONAL GRANTS 10 206 10 046 160 8 360 8 271 89

Total 137 307 135 647 1 660 155 850 146 708 9 142

Programme 7: EXAMINATION AND EDUCATION RELATED SERVICES

2016/2017 2015/2016

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments 107 236 111 480 (4 244) 115 876 116 819 -943

Compensation of employees 65 445 66 046 (601) 58 234 58 486 -252

Goods and services 41 791 45 432 (3 641) 57 597 58 288 -691

Interest and rent on land - 2 (2) 45 45 -

Transfers and subsidies 20 514 20 718 (204) 22 373 22 373 -

Payments for capital assets 9 557 3 449 6 108 17 601 7 516 10 085


Total 137 307 135 647 1 660 155 850 146 708 9 142


2016/2017 2015/2016



Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure



78

5. TRANSFER PAYMENTS

5.1. Transfer payments to public entities

The Department does not have public entities.



79

5.2. Transfer payments to all organisations other than public entities

The table below reflects the transfer payments made for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Name of transferee

Type of organisation

Purpose for which the funds were used

Did the dept. comply with s 38 (1) (j) of the PFMA

Amount transferred Amount spent by the entity Reasons for the funds

unspent by the entity (R’000)

Educational Institutions

Public ordinary Schools

Funding provided in terms of the National Norms and Standards for School Funding Policy. Funding is earmarked for School Services, maintenance and Learner, Teacher Support Material.

N/A. Funding provided to institutions is done in compliance with the South African Schools Act and National Norms and Standards for School Funding Policy.

181 295

N/A as this is regulated in terms of the South African Schools Act. No surrendering of unspent funds is done by schools in terms of Schedule 4 of the PFMA.

N/A. No surrendering of unspent funds is done by schools in terms of Schedule 4 of the PFMA.



Funding provided in terms of the National School Nutrition Programme Grant for quintiles 1 to 3 Public Schools.

N/A. Funding provided to institutions is done in compliance with the South African Schools Act and Conditional Grant Framework.

147 670



Educational Institutions Special Schools

Funding is provided in terms of the Draft National norms and Standards for inclusive education. Funding is earmarked for services, maintenance, equipment and LSM.

N/A. Funding provided to institutions is done in compliance with the South African Schools Act and norms and standards

9 842




Independent Schools

Funding is provided in terms of the National norms and Standards for School funding. Funding is earmarked for services, maintenance, equipment, LSM and is inclusive of personnel and capital items.


8 723




Early Childhood development

Funding is provided in terms of the National norms and Standards for School funding. Funding is earmarked for services, maintenance, equipment and LSM.


12 837





80

Name of transferee

Type of organisation

Purpose for which the funds were used

Did the dept. comply with s 38 (1) (j) of the PFMA

Amount transferred Amount spent by the entity Reasons for the funds

unspent by the entity (R’000)



Funding provided in terms of the National School Nutrition Programme Grant for quintiles 4 to 5 Public Schools.

N/A. Funding provided to institutions is done in compliance with the South African Schools Act and Conditional Grant Framework.

9 180



81

6. CONDITIONAL GRANTS

6.1. Conditional grants and earmarked funds paid

No conditional grants or earmarked funds were paid by the Department.

6.2. Conditional grants and earmarked funds received The table/s below details the conditional grants and ear marked funds received during for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.

Conditional Grant 1: NYS-EPWP SOCIAL SECTOR INCENTIVE GRANT

Department who transferred the grant National Department of Public Works

Purpose of the grant

Identification and placement of unemployed youth at public schools, district and provincial offices to assist with data capturing (SA SAMS and HRMS) and administration. Through this [programme young people are engaged in activities which provide a service to the community, whilst developing their skills towards viable economic activism

Expected outputs of the grant

The country is faced with high levels of unemployment and poverty and the youth forms a greater portion thereof. Through this EPWP Social Sector Incentive Grant stipend, the beneficiaries’ standard of living improved and they are employable because of the skills and experience gained as participants in the programme.

Actual outputs achieved

Our target for the 2016/2017 financial year was 136 and the Department managed to recruit the required number of beneficiaries.

20 beneficiaries are placed at schools in Frances Baard District to do ICT.

23 Beneficiaries are placed at the Department of Transport, Safety and Liaison to do data capturing and liaise with schools and transport service providers.

52 Beneficiaries are placed at 52 schools in the Province to do SA- SAMS and assist with administration.

41 Beneficiaries are placed at the Department’s offices to do data capturing and assist with administration.

Amount per amended DORA (R’000) R 2 925

Amount received (R’000) R 2 925

Reasons if amount as per DORA was not received N/A

Amount spent by the department (R’000) R 2 930

Reasons for the funds unspent by the entity N/A



82

Reasons for deviations on performance N/A

Measures taken to improve performance

With the absence of dedicated personnel at district offices the Department placed some of the beneficiaries to assist with the capturing of data and administration

Monitoring mechanism by the receiving department

The Provincial Coordinator had a year schedule to visit hosting schools on a quarterly basis and the Department also requested officials who visited schools to assist.

Conditional Grant 2: NATIONAL SCHOOL NUTRITION PROGRAMME

Department which transferred the grant Department of Basic Education

Purpose of the grant To provide nutritious meals to targeted learners Expected outputs of the grant Enhanced learning capacity and improved access to Education.

Actual outputs achieved Number of learners fed = 258 555 Number of food gardens = 224 Number of workshops conducted = 10

Amount per amended DORA (R’000) R 152 414


Reasons if amount as per DORA was not received N/A

Amount spent by the department (R’000) R 152 463

Reasons for the funds t b th tit

N/A Reasons for deviations on

f N/A

Measures taken to improve f

N/A


Regular reporting, internal and external meetings and onsite monitoring visits.

Conditional Grant 3: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY-MST CONDITIONAL GRANT

Department which transferred the grant

Department of Basic Education

Purpose of the grant

To provide support and resources to the schools, teachers and learners for the improvement of Mathematics, Sciences and Technology teaching and learning of selected public schools

Expected outputs of the grant

To improve access, equity, efficiency and quality of Mathematics, Science and Technology through the supply of (i) ICT resources (ii) Workshop equipment, machinery and tools (iii) MST kits and consumables (iv) Provide ICT and content training to teachers (v) Conducting learner support for Mathematics, Sciences and Technology

Actual outputs achieved All outputs were achieved as planned



83

Amount per amended DORA (R’000)

R 23 030


Reasons if amount as per DORA was not received

N/A

Amount spent by the department (R’000)

R 23 214

Reasons for the funds unspent by the entity

N/A

Reasons for deviations on performance

No deviations on grant performance were recorded, funds spent as planned

Measures taken to improve performance

DBE provided training to the MST officials during the inter-provincial meeting. Submissions are to be made for any procurement to allow seniors to monitor any deviations from the business plan


The MST unit developed the monitoring tool for schools. DBE also conducts annual grant evaluation at selected schools. The MST unit visits schools on a quarterly basis to monitor the implementation of the grant

7. DONOR FUNDS

7.1. Donor Funds Received

Donor Fund: Globeleq Development Fund

Name of donor Globeleq Development Fund (De Aar Solar)

Full amount of the funding (R’000) 801

Period of the commitment 2015/16 – 2017/18

Purpose of the funding Reading Coach Programme and ECD Practitioner Training

Expected outputs 14 reading coaches supported with a stipend

30 Grade R Practitioners trained

Actual outputs achieved 30 Grade R Practitioners trained

Amount received in current period

(R’000) 808

Amount spent by the department

(R’000) 766

Reasons for the funds unspent

Deductions are made from reading coaches stipends due

to absenteeism and the overlap between the financial year

and the academic year

Monitoring mechanism by the donor Reports are submitted and feedback given during meetings

with the Donor



84

Donor Fund: Globeleq Development Fund

Name of donor Globeleq Development Fund (Droogfontein Solar))

Full amount of the funding (R’000) 690

Period of the commitment 2015/16 – 2017/18

Purpose of the funding Reading Coach Programme and ECD Practitioner Training

Expected outputs 10 reading coaches supported with a stipend


Actual outputs achieved 10 reading coaches supported with a stipend



(R’000) 807


(R’000) 766





Monitoring mechanism by the donor Reports are submitted and feedback given during

meetings with the Donor

Donor Fund: Rooipoort Development (PTY) LTD

Name of donor Rooipoort Development (PTY) LTD

Full amount of the funding (R’000) 1 350

Period of the commitment 2016/17

Purpose of the funding To provide support and resources to schools through the

reading coaches and reading material

Expected outputs 50 Reading Coaches supported through a monthly stipend

Actual outputs achieved 50 Reading Coaches supported through a monthly stipend


(R’000) 944


(R’000) 405





Monitoring mechanism by the donor Reports are submitted and feedback given during

meetings with the Donor



85

8. CAPITAL INVESTMENT

8.1. Capital investment, maintenance and asset management plan

Infrastructure projects

2016/2017 2015/16 Final

Appropriation R’000

Actual Expenditure

R’000


R’000

Final Appropriation

R’000

Actual Expenditure

R’000


R’000 New and replacement assets 132 306 91 730 40 576 132 420 132 420 -

Existing infrastructure assets 315 753 310 154 5 599 213 235 200 745 12 490

- Upgrades and additions 216 820 253 066 (36 246) 157 317 144 827 12 490

- Rehabilitation, renovations and refurbishments

46 520 29 671 16 849 16 427 16 427 -

- Maintenance and repairs 52 413 27 417 24 996 39 491 39 491 -

Infrastructure transfer -

- Current - Capital

Total 448 059 401 884 46 175 345 655 333 165 12 490



86

PART C: GOVERNANCE



87

1. INTRODUCTION Commitment by the Department to maintain the highest standards of governance is fundamental to the management of public finances and resources. Users want assurance that the Department has good governance structures in place to effectively, efficiently and economically utilize the state resources, which is funded by the tax payer. 2. RISK MANAGEMENT The Department has an approved risk management policy and risk management strategy which was endorsed by the Risk Management Committee. The Policy and Strategy outlines the Department’s commitment to implementing and maintaining an effective, efficient and transparent system of risk management. A risk assessment was conducted for the year under review and strategic and operational risk registers, which includes ICT and Fraud risks, were developed for the Department with mitigating controls for all identified risks. A template developed by National Treasury has been implemented for risk owners to identify new and emerging risks which may occur. The Combined Assurance Plan of the Department, which identifies and specifies the sources of assurance over the strategic risks identified during the 2016/17 risk assessment, was developed and jointly approved by the Accounting Officer and Audit Committee Chairperson. The Risk Management Committee, which advises the Accounting Officer and management on overall risk management in the Department, is functional and regular meetings are convened. Reporting on risk management is a standing item on the Audit Committee meeting agenda. The Audit Committee monitors and provides feedback on the effectiveness of risk management in the Department. Risk management in the Department is maturing and progress is visible in the management of risks at both Head Office and District levels. This has to a certain extent transmitted into improvements in the Department’s performance and MPAT 1.6 score.

3. FRAUD AND CORRUPTION The Department has an approved Fraud Prevention Policy and Fraud Prevention Strategy which was endorsed by the Risk Management Committee. These documents outline the process to prevent, detect and investigate reported cases of fraud in the Department. In addition to the above-mentioned documents the Department has an approved Whistle-Blowing Policy. The Whistle-Blowing Policy of the Department complies with the Protected Disclosure Act of 2000 and officials who discloses information of unlawful or corrupt conduct by their employer or fellow officials are protected from occupational detriment, provided the disclosure is made in good faith. The process for disclosure and investigation is outlined in the Policy. Should the investigation reveal that a possible misconduct has occurred, this will be dealt with in terms of the disciplinary procedure as outlined in the Employment of Educators Act (Act 76 of 1998) and/or the Disciplinary Code and Procedures for the Public Service as contained in PSCBC Resolution 1 of 2003. Where there is prima facie evidence of criminal conduct the matter will be reported to the South African Police Service. 4. MINIMISING CONFLICT OF INTEREST Conflict of interest is minimised in the Department through the following processes: • Annual declaration of financial interests by senior managers through the e-Disclosure system.



88

• Declaration by senior managers of close family members, partners or associates who have interests in businesses or entities which may transact with the Department.

• Declaration of interest by bid specification, bid evaluation and bid adjudication committee members on any bid which is being considered.

• Declaration of interest by recruitment and selection panel members in any of the candidates shortlisted or interviewed for a post.

• Newly appointed officials are required to sign the Public Service Code of Conduct which is placed on their personnel files.

• Supply Chain Management practitioners are required to annually sign a code of conduct where they declare any business, commercial or financial interest which, due to the position they hold, may raise possible conflict of interest.

• All service providers / suppliers who submit bids / quotes must complete the Standard Bidding Document (NCP4 - Declaration of interest) to indicate if they know any government official involved in the awarding / evaluation processes of the specific quotation / bid that may constitute a possible conflict of interest.

5. CODE OF CONDUCT The Department of Education uses the general code of conduct prescribed in the Public Service. All employees are issued with a copy of the Public Service Code of Conduct on appointment and are required to adhere to the code at all times in the execution of their official responsibilities. The Code of Conduct is also uploaded on the Department’s Human Resource Management System (HRMS). Any breach of the code of conduct is addressed through the Departmental disciplinary procedures. 6. HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES The Health and Safety Committee for the Department has been established and the members have been appointed by the Head of Department. Their responsibilities as members of this Committee include, amongst others, the following: • Representing employees’ interests in terms of occupational health and safety; • To carry out health and safety inspections of the workplace as designated above prior to the

Health and Safety Committee meetings; • Bring to the attention of employer any deviations in respect to health and safety that is brought to

the Committee’s attention; First Aiders and Health and Safety representatives have been appointed by the HOD and are serving on the Health and Safety Committee at Head Office and at District Offices for a period of 3 years, which is 01 November 2015 to 31 October 2018. The Department has an approved Health and Safety Policy and Plan which was first implemented during 2014/15 financial year. This Plan is reviewed annually for implementation. The following activities took place during the year under review: • Awareness sessions on Injury on Duty procedures were conducted at Head Office and at District

Offices; • Training workshop on Environmental Hygiene; • Sessions to identify health hazard risks were conducted at all offices. 7. PORTFOLIO COMMITTEES Table below reflects the Portfolio Committee meetings that took place in 2016/17 Financial year:

Date Purpose

04 May 2016 2016/17 Annual Performance Plan and MTEF Budget Presentation



89

Date Purpose

07 September 2016 2015/16 Fourth Quarter Performance and Financial Report Presentation

08 September 2016 2016/17 First Quarter Performance and Financial Report Presentation

02 November 2016 2015/16 Annual Report Presentation to Joint Portfolio Committee and SCOPA meeting

23 November 2016 2016/17 Second Quarter Performance and Financial Report Presentation

16 March 2017 2016/17 Third Quarter Performance and Financial Report Presentation

Matters that were raised in the Annual Report Presentation to Joint Portfolio Committee and SCOPA meeting are addressed below under SCOPA Resolutions. 8. SCOPA RESOLUTIONS Resolution

No. Subject Details Response by the

Department Resolved (Yes/No)

1. Non-Compliance with Supply Chain Management Prescripts

The non-compliance with legislation should be prevented by properly reviewing, monitoring and continuously communication adherence towards supply chain management policy.

SCM processes are continually being improved in line with the changes in legislation and documented in departmental circulars to ensure officials comply.

Yes

2. Audit Action Plan The action plan developed to address internal and external audit findings should be appropriately monitored by management to ensure commitment to the plan.

An audit action plan based on 2015/16 audit findings was developed and signed off by the Accounting Officer. This plan is regularly monitored and progress on the audit action plan is reported on quarterly to Provincial Treasury, Audit Committee, and the Senior and Broad Management Teams.

Yes

3. Irregular and unauthorised expenditure

The committee acknowledges the effort taken by the department to mitigate irregular and fruitless and wasteful expenditure but urge the department to speedily finalise the disciplinary processes.

SCM processes are continually being improved in line with the changes in legislation and documented in departmental circulars to ensure officials comply. Non-compliance resulting in irregular expenditure is investigated to determine responsibility and liability. Some instances of PFMA contraventions by officials have already been taken through disciplinary processes and awaiting final outcome.

Yes

4. Payment of creditors

Adequate accounting controls should exist for adherence to all contractual obligations by ensuring that creditors are paid within the prescribed period.

Invoice register is maintained to document the date the invoices are received which are reviewed weekly to ensure invoices are paid on time. Financial accounting to ensure that suppliers are paid on time with the aim of reducing the number of

Yes



90

Resolution No.

Subject Details Response by the Department

Resolved (Yes/No)

creditors’ days. Budget office ensures that commitments are made only when there is budget available.

9. PRIOR MODIFICATIONS TO AUDIT REPORTS The Department received an unqualified audit opinion on the 2015/16 Annual Financial Statements. The discussion below relates to matters of non-compliance. Nature of qualification, disclaimer, adverse opinion

and matters of non-compliance Financial year in which it first

arose

Progress made in clearing / resolving the matter

Goods and services with a transaction value below R500 000 were procured without obtaining the required price quotations, as required by Treasury Regulation 16A6.1.

2008/09 Deviations are approved before orders are placed in line with the approved Financial Delegations.

Goods and services of a transaction value above R500 000 were procured without inviting competitive bids, as required by Treasury Regulations 16A6.1. Deviations were approved by the accounting officer even though it was not impractical to invite competitive bids, in contravention of Treasury regulation 16A6.4.

2008/09 The process of compiling the annual procurement plan was strengthened to ensure better planning throughout the organisation. Deviations for sole suppliers and closed bids are approved before contracts are awarded in line with the approved Financial Delegations. SLA was reviewed for implementing agents' procurement.

Sufficient appropriate audit evidence could not be obtained that contracts were awarded to bidders that scored the highest points in the evaluation process as required by section 2(1)(f) of Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act Preferential Procurement Regulations.

2013/14 This relates to the infrastructure implementing agents. Compliance with these agents’ revised SLA is being monitored. Departmental officials are represented on IDT Bid Committees.

Contracts and quotations were awarded to suppliers whose tax matters had not been declared by the South African Revenue Services to be in order as required by Treasury Regulations 16A9.1 (d) and the Preferential Procurement Regulations.

2011/12 This relates to the infrastructure implementing agents. Compliance with these agents’ revised SLA is being monitored. Central Supplier Database (CSD) implementation will ensure that there is compliance by suppliers with their tax matters.

Contracts and quotations were awarded to bidders who did not submit a declaration on whether they are employed by the state or connected to any person employed by the state, which is prescribed in order to comply with Treasury regulation 16A8.3.

2010/11 Before order is issued or contract awarded DPSA website and Central Supplier Database report is checked to verify whether bidders are employed by any organ of state.

Invitations for competitive bidding were not always advertised in at least the government tender bulletin, as required by Treasury Regulations 16A6.3(c) and CIDB Reg 24.

2008/09 This relates to the infrastructure implementing agents. Compliance with these agents’ revised SLA is being monitored. Departmental officials are represented on IDT Bid Committees. Bids are advertised on e-Tender portal.

Contractual obligations and money owed by the Department were not settled within 30 days, as required by section 38(1)(f) of the Public Finance Management Act and Treasury Regulation 8.2.3.

2008/09 Invoice register is maintained to document the date the invoices are received. Invoice register is reviewed weekly to ensure that all invoices are paid on time. Budget office ensures that there is a budget for all orders that are issued



91

Nature of qualification, disclaimer, adverse opinion and matters of non-compliance

Financial year in which it first

arose

Progress made in clearing / resolving the matter

especially towards year end to avoid unauthorised expenditure. Budget office ensures that no commitments are made where the budget has been depleted. Dept is 80% compliant with 30 days payment regulation as reflected in monthly Instruction Note 34.

Effective steps were not taken to prevent irregular expenditure as required by section 38(1)(c)(ii) of the Public Finance Management Act and Treasury Regulation 9.1.1. The value of R220 802 000 as disclosed in note 24 is not complete as management is still busy with the exercise to quantify the full extent of the irregular expenditure.

2013/14 Irregular expenditure is currently being reviewed for possible appropriate action against offenders to determine liability. Officials responsible for making the Department incur irregular expenditure will be sanctioned according to the Labour Relations Act 1995.

Effective steps were not taken to prevent fruitless and wasteful expenditure, amounting to R549 000 as disclosed in note 25 of the AFS, as required by section 38(1)(c)(ii) of the Public Finance Management Act and Treasury Regulation 9.1.1.

2013/14 Fruitless and wasteful expenditure is currently being reviewed for possible appropriate action against offenders to determine liability. Officials responsible for making the Department incur fruitless and wasteful expenditure will be sanctioned according to the Labour Relations Act 1995.

Investigations were not conducted into all allegations of financial misconduct committed by officials, as required by Treasury Regulation 4.1.1.

2014/15 All cases of financial misconduct that is reported are investigated for possible sanction and recovery.

10. INTERNAL CONTROL UNIT Internal control located in Financial Management reviews payment batches to ensure that there is compliance with the relevant prescripts. 11. INTERNAL AUDIT AND AUDIT COMMITTEES The Internal Audit Unit reported to the Northern Cape Provincial Treasury Accounting Officer administratively and functionally to the Audit Committee. The Unit follows a risk-based internal audit approach. The three year rolling annual performance plan and annual internal audit plans were based on an assessment of the risks of the Department. The Internal Audit Plan was discussed with senior management before approval by the Audit Committee. The Internal Audit Unit performed a wide range of operational, financial, compliance and information-technology audits. In addition to these planned audits, the Unit also attended to certain management requests. Using the risk assessment as a basis, audit reviews for the year included regulatory, compliance, performance and follow-up reviews. According to the 2016/17 Internal Audit Plan, the Unit targeted eighteen and completed twenty-three audits, including quarterly performance information and follow up audit assignment which were successfully conducted. The Audit Committee comprises of independent external and internal members, who operated in accordance with the approved Audit Committee Charter. The Audit Committee had five sittings during the year under review. The Audit Committee plays an essential part of the Department’s governance and reporting process in relation to both financial and performance reporting.



92

Audit Committee Members’ Profiles and Attendance:

Name Qualifications Internal

or external

If internal, position in

the department

Date appointed

Date Resigned

No. of Meetings attended

Adv. DJ Block

B. luris, LLB, Higher Diploma In Taxation

External 01 December 2014

N/A 05

Mr AL Kimmie

B.Compt (Hons);RGA;SAIPA; MBA; Reg. Public Service Financial Officer


N/A 04

Mr V Makaleni

MAP(UP)

Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting) , Management Advancement Programme (WITS), Advanced Management Development Programme (UP), Certificate in Risk Management (UJ)


N/A 04

Ms OJ Gill B Com, B Com (Hons) in Business Management, Cert. in Executive Development Program

Internal Chief Director

Department of Roads and Public Works

01 December 2014

November 2016

00

Ms E Botes ND: Police Administration, Bachelor’s degree in Police Science, Certificate in Executive Development Program

Internal Acting HOD

Dept. of Environment and Nature Conservation

01 December 2014

November 2016

00

12. AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT The Audit Committee is pleased to present its report for the financial year ended 31 March 2017. 1. Audit Committee Responsibility

The Audit Committee has adopted formal terms of reference, approved by the Accounting Officer, as its Audit Committee Charter. The Audit Committee has discharged its responsibilities in terms of its Charter as contained therein, in line with the requirements of section 38(1)(a) of the PFMA and Treasury Regulation 3.1. as follows: • reviewed the Interim and Annual Financial Statements and performance reports • took appropriate steps to ensure the financial statements were prepared in accordance with

applicable standards in the manner required by the PFMA • considered and made recommendations on internal controls • reviewed the Internal Audit Charter



93

• reviewed and approved the Internal Audit Plan • reviewed internal audit and risk management reports and, where relevant, made

recommendations to the Accounting Officer • evaluated the effectiveness of risk management, controls and governance processes • noted the audit fees and engagement terms of the Auditor General of South Africa (AGSA). 2. The Effectiveness of Internal Control The system of internal control within the Department and the control environment was reasonably effective as could be seen from the various reports of Internal Audits and AGSA. The Audit Committee notes the progress made by management in addressing prior year audit findings raised both by the Internal Audit and the AGSA as these issues impacted on the reliability of the system of internal control within the Department. The following internal audit work was completed during the year under review:

• Asset Management • Division of Revenue Act: National School Nutrition Program • Division of Revenue Act: infrastructure Management • Division of Revenue Act: Mathematics, Science and Technology • Follow up on management action plan for previous year external audit findings • HRD Employee Performance Development • HRD Training and Development • HRM Acting Allowance (Educators Act) • HRM Leave Management • HRM Substitutions for Educators • Information technology systems review (assess IT governance systems) • Management Assessment Performance Tool • Quarterly review on Performance Information verification • Quarterly follow up audits • Review of Interim Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements • Review of risk management processes and minimum anti-corruption capacity requirements • Salary Management • Supply Chain Management

3. In-Year Management and Monthly / Quarterly Report The Audit Committee reports that, during the year under review, it was presented with regular quarterly management reports to enable it to: • Monitor the integrity, accuracy and reliability of the performance of the Department • Review the financial reports of the Department and the context in which statements on the

financial health of the Department are made, and • Review all material information presented together with the management accounts.

The reports were discussed with management of the Department. Progress has been made in the development and quality of these management reports and the Department has been reporting monthly and quarterly to the Provincial Treasury as required by the PFMA. The Audit Committee noted that the Department had overspent its appropriated voted funds and advised management to consider repriotising / adjust some of the targets planned. The Committee also advised the Department to focus on performance information, specifically on the accuracy and reliability data that supports the planned targets in the departmental annual performance plan.



94

4. Evaluation of Financial Statements The Audit Committee has:

• Reviewed and discussed the audited Annual Financial Statements to be included in the Annual Report, with the Auditor-General and the Accounting Officer;

• Reviewed the Auditor-General’s management report and management’s response thereto; • Reviewed the department’s processes for compliance with legal and regulatory provisions; • Reviewed the information on predetermined objectives as reported in the Annual Report; • Reviewed material adjustments resulting from the audit of the Department on performance

information; and • Reviewed and where appropriate recommended changes to the Interim Financial Statements

as presented by the Department for the six months ending 30 September 2016.

The Audit Committee concurs with and accepts the AGSA’s conclusions on the Annual Financial Statements, and is of the opinion that the audited Annual Financial Statements be accepted and read together with the report of the AGSA. 5. Risk Management The Audit Committee is satisfied that the actual management of risk is receiving attention. However, the Committee together with Management continues to refine a very dynamic risk profile of the Department. Management had been advised to embed risk management and governance because it is not aligned to the strategic planning processes within the Department and still remains a concern. Management should take full responsibility for the entire Enterprise Risk Management process and continue to support the CRO to even further enhance the performance of the Department. The Committee also raised a serious concern on vacancies within the Risk Management Unit. Progress on the departmental risk management processes was reported to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis. 6. One-on-One Meeting with the Accounting Officer The Audit Committee had met and planned to meet with the Accounting Officer in due course to address unresolved issues at the Department. 7. One-on-One Meetings with the Executive Authority The Audit Committee had met with the Executive Authority to appraise the MEC on the performance of the Department and intend to schedule another meeting in due course to address unresolved issues. 8. Auditor’s General Report The Audit Committee has not been provided with any documentation that demonstrate that issues raised by the Auditor General in the previous financial year have not been addressed by the Department. The Audit Committee concurs and accepts the conclusion of the Auditor General Report on the Annual Financial Statements.



95

9. Conclusion The Audit Committee together with Management remains committed to making exponential improvement in the coming financial year and believes that the foundation for such improvement has been put in place. The Committee wishes to express its appreciation to the MEC, Management and all other stakeholders for their contributions during the year.



96

PART D: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT



97

1. INTRODUCTION

The information contained in this part of the annual report has been prescribed by the Minister for the Public Service and Administration for all departments in the public service and in line with the under-mentioned policy mandates: Public Service Regulations (Chapter 1, Part III J.3 and J.4). Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997 (Act 75 of 1997), Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act 66 of 1995), Employment Equity Act, 1998 (Act 55 of 1998), Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act 85 of 1993), Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, 1993 (Act 130 of 1993), Government Employees Pension Law, 1996 (Proclamation 21 of 1996), Employment of Educators Act, 1998 (Act 76 of 1998), Public Service Act, 1994 (Proclamation 103 of 1994), and Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996, Skills Development Act, 1998 (Act 97 of 1998) Promotion of Equality and Prevention of Unfair Discrimination Act, 2000 (Act 4 of 2000), Promotion of Access to Information Act, 2000 (Act 2 of 2000), Promotion of Administrative Justice Act, 2000 (Act 3 of 2000).

2. OVERVIEW OF HUMAN RESOURCES

The status of human resources in the Department

The Chief Directorate Human Resource Management and Development comprises of five Directorates namely: Human Resource Practices and Administration, Employee Relations and People Management, Human Resource Planning, Provisioning and Persal Management, Human Resource Utilisation and Capacity Development and Service Delivery and Transformation. The work of the chief directorate was centered around the capacitation of internal HR systems and processes to enhance the quality of support provided to clients. Efforts were also made to ensure the capacitation and strengthening of the five district offices to ensure effective service delivery.

Workforce planning and key strategies to attract a skilled and capable workforce

The implementation of the approved organisational structure continues to be a matter of priority both in Head Office and the District Offices as it pertains to the matching and placement of staff. The aim of the matching and placement process is to ensure that existing staff are placed in posts that would best fit their skills, qualifications and appropriate experience. The Department is further engaged in a national project to update and correct educator profiles on the personnel administration system. The human resource priorities as encapsulated in the Human Resource Plan of the Department focused on the following sector priorities:

o Early Childhood Development: The focus was on the development of conditions of service for ECD practitioners to attract and retain staff. The Department liaised with the Department of Basic Education on the project.

o Inclusive Education: The staff establishments of LSEN schools for the second time this year was run on a separate model from the staff establishments of public ordinary schools. This development ensured that special school received favourable allocations to support learners with special needs and barriers to learning.

o The Integrated Farm and Small School Strategy: The strategy was approved in January 2014. The Department consistently ensured through appropriate allocations that no rural or



98

farm schools are one-person schools. The continued payment of the rural incentive to PL1 educators further enhanced the efforts of the Department to retain educators with the necessary qualifications and experience in farm and rural schools.

Employee performance management All staff with the exception of SL 1-4 signed performance agreements and submitted bi-annual and annual reviews for the 2016/2017 financial year. The performance management processes are well institutionalized and a high level of compliance is maintained. Employee wellness programme All four Employee Health and wellness operational plans as per the DPSA requirements were developed and implemented in the year under review. Several wellness initiatives were implemented successfully such as training on financial wellness, health and wellness sessions, training of first aiders etc. Achievements and challenges faced by the department, as well as future human resource plans /goals. In the year under review the Chief Directorate performed fairly well considering the inherent service delivery challenges in the sector. The Department successfully issued all public ordinary and special schools with their 2017 staff establishments by August 2016. This is a huge achievement as the establishments were issued a month in advance of the required date. The Department continues to experience challenges with regards to educators exiting the system for various reasons. However, in an effort to curb that and to stabilise employment in the sector, the Department contracted all temporary educators for a full year and provided these educators with the opportunity to access full service benefits. In terms of collective bargaining the unit managed to achieve 100% compliance with regards to the performance of the Northern Cape Provincial Chamber of the Education Labour Relations Council and therefore promoting labour peace in the sector. The Chief Directorate also managed to reduce the number of disputes lodged by employees as well as ensuring that grievances were addressed promptly and adequately within the required timeframes.

3. HUMAN RESOURCES OVERSIGHT STATISTICS 3.1. Personnel related expenditure The following tables summarise the final audited personnel related expenditure by programme and by salary bands. In particular, it provides an indication of the following: • amount spent on personnel • amount spent on salaries, overtime, homeowner’s allowances and medical aid.

Programme Programme Designation

Programme 1 Administration Programme 2 Public ordinary school education Programme 3 Independent school education Programme 4 Public special school education Programme 5 Early childhood development Programme 6 Infrastructure development Programme 7 Examination & education related services



99

Table 3.1.1 Personnel expenditure by programme for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017 *(3.1.1 comes from BAS, while 3.1.2, 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 comes from Persal. Certain Payments on BAS not made on Persal. Certain Categories of 3.1.2, 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 not available on BAS)

Programme

Total expenditure

(R’000)

Personnel expenditure

(R’000)

Training expenditure

(R’000)

Professional and special

services expenditure

(R’000)


as a % of total

expenditure

Average personnel cost per

employee (R’000)

Number of Employees

Programme 1 625 325 443 865 6 470 - 71.0% 422.3 1 051

Programme 2 4 026 071 3 584 065 1 875 - 89.0% 335.2 10 693

Programme 3 8 722 - - - - Programme 4 132 331 116 526 53 - 88.1% 301.9 386

Programme 5 83 673 66 207 968 - 79.1% 91.2 726

Programme 6 500 049 12 525 1 - 2.5% 329.6 38

Programme 7 135 647 66 046 4 250 - 48.7% 446.3 148

Total 5 511 818 4 289 234 13 617 - 77.8% 328.9 13 042 * training includes training and development and bursaries

*Average personnel cost is based on average personnel numbers per month and is inclusive of 780 abnormal appointments

Table 3.1.2 Personnel costs by salary band for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Salary band


(R’000)

% of total personnel

cost

Average personnel cost per employee

(R’000) No. of

employees

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 118 975 2.75% 128 930

Skilled (level 3-5) 464 916 10.76% 167 2783

Highly skilled production (levels 6-8) 2 330 913 53.96% 307 7592

Highly skilled supervision (levels 9-12) 1 307 904 30.28% 509 2572

Senior and Top management (levels 13-16) 41 925 0.97% 998 42

Abnormal 54 899 1.27% 60 912

Total 4 319 532 100.00% 291 14 831

100

Table 3.1.3 Salaries, Overtime, Home Owners Allowance and Medical Aid by programme for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Programme Salaries Overtime Home Owners Allowance Medical Aid

Amount (R’000

Salaries as a % of personnel costs Amount (R’000)

Overtime as a % of personnel costs

Amount (R’000)

HOA as a % of personnel costs

Amount (R’000)

Medical aid as a % of personnel costs

Programme 1 339 781 7.87% 1 001 0.02% 11 994 0.28% 20 093 0.47%

Programme 2 2 632 031 60.93% 911 0.02% 110 114 2.55% 150 126 3.48%

Programme 4 92 283 2.14% 289 0.01% 4 386 0.10% 6 619 0.15%

Programme 5 8 096 0.19% - - 317 0.01% 503 0.01%

Programme 6 8 522 0.20% 2 - 168 - 249 0.01%

Programme 7 41 603 0.96% 2 082 0.05% 1 471 0.03% 2 633 0.06%

Total 3 122 315 72.28% 4 285 0.10% 128 450 2.97% 180 223 4.17% Table 3.1.4 Salaries, Overtime, Home Owners Allowance and Medical Aid by salary band for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Salary band

Salaries Overtime Home Owners Allowance Medical Aid

Amount (R’000

Salaries as a % of personnel costs

Amount (R’000)

Overtime as a % of personnel costs

Amount (R’000)

HOA as a % of personnel costs

Amount (R’000)

Medical aid as a % of personnel costs

Skilled (level 1-2) 81 849 1.89% 316 0.01% 10 554 0.24% 7 305 0.17%

Skilled (level 3-5) 331 386 7.67% 2 074 0.05% 21 973 0.51% 24 016 0.56% Highly skilled production (levels 6-8) 1 721 346 39.85% 774 0.02% 67 371 1.56% 100 136 2.32% Highly skilled supervision (levels 9-12 961 106 22.25% 1121 0.03% 28 532 0.66% 48 399 1.12%

Senior management (level 13-16) 25 985 0.60% - - - - 363 0.01%

Abnormal 642 0.01% - - 20 - 5 -

Total 3 122 315 72.28% 4285 0.10% 128 450 2.97% 180 223 4.17%

101

3.2. Employment and Vacancies

The tables in this section summarise the position with regard to employment and vacancies. The following tables summarise the number of posts on the establishment, the number of employees, the vacancy rate, and whether there are any staff that are additional to the establishment.

This information is presented in terms of two key variables: ∗ programme (Table 3.2.1) and ∗ salary band (Table 3.2.2) ∗ Critical occupations (see definition in notes below)

Departments have identified critical occupations that need to be monitored. In terms of current regulations, it is possible to create a post on the establishment that can be occupied by more than one employee. Therefore, the vacancy rate reflects the percentage of posts that are not filled.

Table 3.2.1 Employment and vacancies by programme as on 31 March 2017

Personnel Group Programme

Number of funded

posts

Number of unfunded

posts

Number of posts filled

Vacancy Rate

Number of employees additional to the establishment

Total Number of employees

All

Pers

onne

l

Programme 1 1 254 451 1 092 12.92% - 1 092

Programme 2 11 230 2 10 804 3.79% - 10 804

Programme 4 416 - 393 5.53% - 393

Programme 5 34 6 24 29.41% - 24

Programme 6 38 - 36 5.26% - 36

Programme 7 182 79 146 19.78% - 146

Total 13 154 538 12 495 5.01% - 12 495

Educ

ator

s

Programme 1 440 78 391 11.14% - 391

Programme 2 8 952 1 8 982 - - 8 982

Programme 4 227 - 219 3.52% - 219

Programme 5 32 - 22 31.25% - 22

Programme 6 - - - - - -

Programme 7 85 29 65 23.53% - 65

Total 9 736 108 9 679 0.59% - 9 679

Publ

ic S

ervi

ce P

erso

nnel

Programme 1 814 373 701 13.88% - 701

Programme 2 2 278 1 1 822 20.02% - 1 822

Programme 4 189 - 174 7.94% - 174

Programme 5 2 6 2 - - 2

Programme 6 38 - 36 5.26% - 36

Programme 7 97 50 81 16.49% - 81

Total 3 418 430 2 816 17.61% - 2 816



102

Table 3.2.2 Employment and vacancies by salary band as on 31 March 2017

Pers

onne

l G

roup

Salary band

Number of

funded posts

Number of

unfunded posts

Number of

posts filled

Vacancy Rate

Number of employees

additional to the

establishment

Total number of employees

All

Pers

onne

l

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) 1 019 8 904 11.29% - 904

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 2 169 119 2 099 3.23% - 2099

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 737 220 612 16.96% - 612

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 9 185 187 8 842 3.73% - 8842

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 44 4 38 13.64% - 38

Total 13 154 538 12 495 5.01% - 12495

Educ

ator

s

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) - - - - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 399 - 701 - - 701

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 315 - 264 16.19% - 264

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 9 022 108 8 714 3.41% - 8714

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) - - - - - -

Total 9 736 108 9 679 0.59% - 9679

Publ

ic S

ervi

ce P

erso

nnel

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) 1 019 8 904 11.29% - 904

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 1 770 119 1 398 21.02% - 1398

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 422 220 348 17.54% - 348

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 163 79 128 21.47% - 128

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 44 4 38 13.64% - 38

Total 3418 430 2 816 17.61% - 2816 Table 3.2.3 Employment and vacancies by critical occupations as on 31 March 2017

Critical occupation

Number of posts on approved establishment

Number of posts filled

Vacancy Rate

Number of employees additional to the establishment

Technical 26 14 46.15% -

Total 26 14 46.15% -



103

3.3. Filling of SMS Posts

The tables in this section provide information on employment and vacancies as it relates to members of the Senior Management Service by salary level. It also provides information on advertising and filling of SMS posts, reasons for not complying with prescribed timeframes and disciplinary steps taken.

Table 3.3.1 SMS post information as on 31 March 2017

SMS Level

Number of SMS posts per level

Number of SMS posts filled per

level

% of SMS posts filled

per level

Number of SMS posts vacant per

level

% of SMS posts vacant

per level Funded Unfunded Head of Department 1 - 1 100.00% - - Salary Level 16 - - - - - - Salary Level 15 3 - 1 33.33% 2 66.67% Salary Level 14 8 1 8* 100.00% - - Salary Level 13 32 3 29** 90.63% 3 9.38%

Total 44 4 39 88.64% 5 11.36% Note: *One official is currently on salary level 14 but is carried against a salary level 13 post (out of adjustment) **Two officials are currently on salary level 13 but is carried against a salary level 12 post (out of adjustment) Table 3.3.2 SMS post information as on 30 September 2016

SMS Level

Number of SMS posts per level Number of SMS

posts filled per level

% of SMS posts filled

per level

Number of SMS posts vacant per

level

% of SMS posts vacant

per level Funded Unfunded

Head of Department 1 - 1 100.00% - -

Salary Level 16 - - - - - - Salary Level 15 3 - 1 33.33% 2 66.67% Salary Level 14 8 1 8* 100.00% - - Salary Level 13 32 3 27** 84.38% 5 15.63%

Total 44 4 37 84.10% 7 15.9% Note: *One official is currently on salary level 14 but is carried against a salary level 13 post (out of adjustment) **Two officials are currently on salary level 13 but is carried against a salary level 12 post (out of adjustment) Table 3.3.3 Advertising and filling of SMS posts for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

SMS Level

Advertising Filling of Posts Number of Vacancies per

Level Advertised in 6 Months of becoming Vacant

Number of Vacancies per Level Filled in 6 Months after becoming Vacant

Number of Vacancies per Level not Filled in 6 Months

but Filled in 12 Months

Head of Department - - -

Salary level 16, but not HOD

- - -

Salary Level 15 - - -

Salary Level 14 1 - -

Salary Level 13 3 - 4

Total 4 - 4



104

Table 3.3.4 Reasons for not having complied with the filling of funded vacant SMS - Advertised within 6 months and filled within 12 months after becoming vacant for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Reasons for vacancies not advertised within six months

Provincial moratorium on the filling of vacant posts due to financial constraints in the province

Reasons for vacancies not filled within six months

Provincial moratorium on the filling of vacant posts due to financial constraints in the province Table 3.3.5 Disciplinary steps taken for not complying with the prescribed timeframes for filling SMS posts within 12 months for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Reasons for vacancies not advertised within six months


Reasons for vacancies not filled within six months




105

3.4. Job Evaluation

Within a nationally determined framework, executing authorities may evaluate or re-evaluate any job in his or her organisation. In terms of the Regulations all vacancies on salary levels 9 and higher must be evaluated before they are filled. The following table summarises the number of jobs that were evaluated during the year under review. The table also provides statistics on the number of posts that were upgraded or downgraded.

Table 3.4.1 Job Evaluation by Salary band for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Salary band

Total number of posts as on 31 March 2017

Number of Jobs Evaluate

d

% of posts evaluated by salary

bands

Posts Upgraded Posts downgraded

Number % of posts evaluated Number

% of posts

evaluated Lower Skilled (Levels1-2) 1 052 - - - - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 2 993 - - - - - -

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 7 230

- - - - - -

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 4 920 15 0.30%

- - - -

Senior Management Service Band A 36

- - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band B 10

- - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band C 3

- - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band D 2

- - - - - -

Total 16 246 15 0.09% - - - -

Note: Only public service posts are subjected to job evaluation procedures. Reprioritization of Activities in Unit resorting in matching& placement being undertaken as priority 1.

The following table provides a summary of the number of employees whose positions were upgraded due to their post being upgraded. The number of employees might differ from the number of posts upgraded since not all employees are automatically absorbed into the new posts and some of the posts upgraded could also be vacant.

Table 3.4.2 Profile of employees whose positions were upgraded due to their posts being upgraded for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Gender African Asian Coloured White Total

Female - - - - -

Male - - - - -

Total - - - - -

Employees with a disability -



106

The following table summarises the number of cases where remuneration bands exceeded the grade determined by job evaluation. Reasons for the deviation are provided in each case.

Table 3.4.3 Employees with salary levels higher than those determined by job evaluation by occupation for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Total number of Employees whose salaries exceeded the grades determine by job evaluation None

The following table summarises the beneficiaries of the above in terms of race, gender, and disability.

Table 3.4.4 Profile of employees who have salary levels higher than those determined by job evaluation for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Total number of Employees whose salaries exceeded the grades determine by job evaluation None

107

3.5. Employment Changes

This section provides information on changes in employment over the financial year. Turnover rates provide an indication of trends in the employment profile of the department. The following tables provide a summary of turnover rates by salary band and critical occupations (see definition in notes below).

Table 3.5.1 Annual turnover rates by salary band for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Pers

onne

l G

roup

Salary Band Number of Employees per band as on 31

March 2015

Appointments Transfers into the

department

Appointments and transfers

into the department

Terminations Transfers out of the

department

Terminations and

transfers out of the

department

Turn-over

rate %

All

Pers

onne

l

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 869 104 - 104 66 - 66 4.37%

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 2 382 1 353 - 1 353 1 143 2 1 145 8.73%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 6 595 1 926 15 1 941 1 776 36 1 812 1.96%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 397 80 3 83 213 9 222 -

Senior Management Service Band A (Level 13) 27 1 - 1 1 1 2 -

Senior Management Service Band B (Level 14) 9 - - - 1 - 1 -

Senior Management Service Band C (Level 15) 1 - - - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band D (Level 16) 1 - - - - - - -

Total 12 281 3 464 18 3 482 3 200 48 3 248 1.91%

Educ

ator

s

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) - - - - - - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 920 1 209 - 1 209 948 - 948 28.37%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 6 247 1 895 7 1 902 1 734 35 1 769 2.13%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 280 60 - 60 194 9 203 -

Senior Management Service Band A (Level 13) - - - - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band B (Level 14) - - - - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band C (Level 15) - - - - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band D (Level 16) - - - - - - - -

Total 9 447 3 164 7 3 171 2 876 44 2 920 2.66%



108

Pers

onne

l G

roup

Salary Band Number of Employees per band as on 31

March 2015

Appointments Transfers into the

department

Appointments and transfers

into the department

Terminations Transfers out of the

department

Terminations and

transfers out of the

department

Turn-over

rate %

Publ

ic S

ervi

ce

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 869 104 - 104 66 - 66 4.37%

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 1 462 144 - 144 195 2 197 -

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 348 31 8 39 42 1 43 -

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 117 20 3 23 19 0 19 3.42%

Senior Management Service Band A (Level 13) 27 1 - 1 1 1 2 -

Senior Management Service Band B (Level 14) 9 - - - 1 - 1 -

Senior Management Service Band C (Level 15) 1 - - - - - - -

Senior Management Service Band D (Level 16) 1 - - - - - - -

Total 2 834 300 11 311 324 4 328 - Notes: Column 3 (number of employees) includes all Nature of Appointments and Excess Personnel and excludes the Executive Authority. Public Servants and Educators who do not occupy permanent positions are appointed on contract for closed periods. This includes employees appointed to substantive vacancies which arise as a result of natural attrition, deaths, promotions, etc., and employees (educators) appointed as substitutes in the place of those absent from duty because of sick leave, maternity leave, etc. This implies that the same employee can be appointed up to four times in a particular reporting year because each contract is regarded as a new appointment. The expiry of the contract is regarded as a termination of service for reporting purposes and this is the reason for the exceptionally high number of terminations. Table 3.5.2 Annual turnover rates by critical occupation for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Critical occupation Number of employees at beginning of period-April 2016

Appointments and transfers into the department

Terminations and transfers out of the department

Turnover rate

Total - - - -

109

The table below identifies the major reasons why staff left the department. Table 3.5.3.1 - Reasons why staff left the department for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Group Termination Type Number % of Total

Exits

Number of exits as a % of the total number of

employees as at 31 March 2016

All

Pers

onne

l

Death / Demise 59 1.82% 0.48%

Resignation 397 12.22% 3.23%

Expiry of contract 2427 74.72% 19.76%

Dismissal - operational changes - - -

Dismissal - misconduct 20 0.62% 0.16%

Dismissal - incapacity 1 0.03% 0.01%

Discharged due to ill-health 27 0.83% 0.22%

Retirement 269 8.28% 2.19%

Employee initiated severance package - - -

Transfer to other Public service Departments 48 1.48% 0.39%

Grand Total 3 248 100.00% 26.45%

Educ

ator

s

Death / Demise 38 1.30% 0.31%

Resignation 337 11.54% 2.74%

Expiry of contract 2 274 77.88% 18.5%



Dismissal - incapacity 1 0.03% 0.01%


Retirement 205 7.02% 1.67%



Grand Total 2 920 100.00% 23.78%

Publ

ic S

ervi

ce S

taff

Death / Demise 21 6.40% 0.17%

Resignation 60 18.29% 0.49%

Expiry of contract 153 46.65% 1.24%



Dismissal - incapacity - - -


Retirement 64 19.51% 0.52%



Grand Total 328 100.00% 2.67%



110

Table 3.5.3.2 - Reasons why staff are Resigning 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Group Termination Type Number % of Total A

ll Pe

rson

nel

Age 7 1.76% Bad health 7 1.76% Better remuneration 95 23.93% Domestic problems 2 0.50% Further studies 2 0.50% Marriage 3 0.76% Nature of work 80 20.15% Other occupation 74 18.64% Personal grievances 6 1.51% Resigning of position 116 29.22% Transport problem 1 0.25% Housewife 3 0.76% Misconduct 1 0.25%

Grand Total = A + B 397 100%

Educ

ator

s

Age 6 1.78% Bad health 4 1.19% Better remuneration 90 26.71% Domestic problems 2 0.59% Further studies 1 0.30% Marriage 3 0.89% Nature of work 71 21.07% Other occupation 61 18.10% Personal grievances 5 1.48% Resigning of position 92 27.30% Transport problem 1 0.30% Housewife - - Misconduct 1 0.30%

Grand total = A 337 100%

Publ

ic S

ervi

ce S

taff

Age 1 1.67% Bad health 3 5.00% Better remuneration 5 8.33% Domestic problems - - Further studies 1 1.67% Marriage - - Nature of work 9 15.00% Other occupation 13 21.67% Personal grievances 1 1.67% Resigning of position 24 40.00% Transport problem - - Housewife 3 5.00% Misconduct - -

Grand Total = B 60 100.00%



111

Table 3.5.3.3 - Age Groups of Staff Resigning 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Termination type

Resignations Educators

Educators - %

Resignations Public Service Staff

Public Service - %

Resignations All Staff

All Staff - %

Ages 20< - - - - - - Ages 20 to 24 26 7.72% - - 26 6.55% Ages 25 to 29 53 15.73% 3 5.00% 56 14.11% Ages 30 to 34 31 9.20% 5 8.33% 36 9.07% Ages 35 to 39 26 7.72% 8 13.33% 34 8.56% Ages 40 to 44 41 12.17% 11 18.33% 52 13.10% Ages 45 to 49 68 20.18% 6 10.00% 74 18.64% Ages 50 to 54 39 11.57% 13 21.67% 52 13.10% Ages 55 to 59 32 9.50% 9 15.00% 41 10.33% Ages 60 to 64 18 5.34% 3 5.00% 21 5.29% Ages 65> 3 0.89% 2 3.33% 5 1.26% Grand Total = C 337 100% 60 100.00% 397 100.00%

Table 3.5.3.4 - Severance Packages instated for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Personnel Group Salary Band

Number of Packages Approved by Department

All

Pers

onne

l

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) - Skilled (Levels 3-5) - Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) - Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 Senior Management Service Band A - Senior Management Service Band B - Senior Management Service Band C - Senior Management Service Band D - Total 2

Educ

ator

s

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) - Skilled (Levels 3-5) - Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) - Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 Senior Management Service Band A - Senior Management Service Band B - Senior Management Service Band C - Senior Management Service Band D - Total 2

Publ

ic S

ervi

ce

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) - Skilled (Levels 3-5) - Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) - Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) - Senior Management Service Band A - Senior Management Service Band B - Senior Management Service Band C - Senior Management Service Band D - Total -



112

Table 3.5.4 Promotions by critical occupation for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Occupation Employees 1 April 2016

Promotions to another salary

level

Salary level promotions as a % of employees by

occupation

Progressions to another notch within a salary

level

Notch progression as a % of

employees by occupation

Directors 4 4 100.00% - -

Total 4 4 100.00% - -

Table 3.5.5 Promotions by salary band for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Pers

onne

l G

roup

Salary Band Employees 1 April 2016

Promotions to another salary level

Salary bands

promotions as a % of

employees by salary

level

Progressions to another

notch within a salary level

Notch progression

as a % of employees by salary

bands

ALL

PER

SON

NEL

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) 869 2 0.23% 797 91.71%

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 2 382 14 0.59% 1 491 62.59%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 6 595 326 4.94% 4 614 69.96%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 397 231 9.64% 2 077 86.65%

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 38 3 7.89% 29 76.32%

Total 12 281 576 4.69% 9 008 73.35%

EDU

CA

TOR

S

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) - - - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 920 - - 238 25.87%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 6 247 293 4.69% 4 444 71.14%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 280 216 9.47% 1 999 87.68%

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) - - - - -

Total 9 447 509 5.39% 6 681 70.72%

PUB

LIC

SER

VIC

E Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) 869 2 0.23% 797 91.71%

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 1 462 14 0.96% 1 253 85.70%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 348 33 9.48% 170 48.85%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 117 15 12.82% 78 66.67%

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 38 3 7.89% 29 76.32%

Total 2 834 67 2.36% 2 327 82.11%



113

3.6. Employment Equity

Table 3.6.1 Total number of employees (including employees with disabilities) in each of the following occupational categories as on 31 March 2017

Occupational category Male Female Foreigner Total A C I W A C I W Male Female

Top Management (Level 14 – 16) 4 2 - - 2 2

- - - - 10

Senior Management (Level 13) 8 9 - 1 4 5

- 1 1

- 29

Professionally qualified and experienced (Level 11 – 12) 94 145 1 42 47 40

- 12 -

- 381

Skilled technical and academically qualified workers and skilled production (Level 8 – 10) 552 752 1 141 1 127 959 1 401 4 3 3 941 Semi-skilled (Level 4 -7) 782 789 4 103 2 104 2 050 4 664 221 90 6 811 Unskilled (Level 1 – 3) 245 296 1 2 354 376 2 5 29 13 1 323 Total 1 685 1 993 7 289 3 638 3 432 7 1 083 255 106 12 495 Table 3.6.2 Total number of employees (including employees with disabilities) in each of the following occupational bands as on 31 March 2017

Occupational category Male Female Foreigner Total

A C I W A C I W Male Female Top Management (Level 14 – 16) - - - - - - - - - - - Senior Management (Level 13) - - - - - - - - - - - Professionally qualified and experienced (Level 11 – 12) - - - - - - - - - - -

Skilled technical and academically qualified workers and skilled production (Level 8 – 10)

- - - - - - - - - - -

Semi-skilled (Level 4 -7) 2 1 - - 1 1 - - - - 5 Unskilled (Level 1 – 3) - - - - - - - - - - - Total 2 1 - - 1 1 - - - - 5 Table 3.6.3 Recruitment for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Occupational category

Male Female Foreigner Total

A C I W A C I W Male Female

Top Management (Level 14 – 16)

- - - - - - - - - - -

Senior Management (Level 13)

- - - - - - - - 1

- 1

Professionally qualified and experienced (Level 11 – 12) 2 3 1 1 2 1

- 1

- - 11

Skilled technical and academically qualified workers and skilled production (Level 8 – 10) 75 129

-

8 117 114

-

28

- -

471 Semi-skilled (Level 4 -7) 248 256 - 38 424 603 2 242 219 91 2 123 Unskilled (Level 1 – 3) 72 161 - 4 211 321 - 12 54 23 858 Total 397 549 1 51 754 1 039 2 283 274 114 3 464 Employees with disabilities - - - - - - - - - - -



114

Table 3.6.4 Promotions for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Occupational category Male Female Foreigner Total

A C I W A C I W Male Female Top Management (Level 14 – 16) - - - - - - - - - - - Senior Management (Level 13) 1 2 - - - - - - - - 3 Professionally qualified and experienced (Level 11 – 12) 10 14

- 2 4 8 3

- - - 41


-

12 166 99 37

-

1 1 454 Semi-skilled (Level 4 -7) 10 6 - - 30 25 4 - 1 - 76 Unskilled (Level 1 – 3) - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 Total 89 94 - 14 200 132 44 - 2 1 576 Employees with disabilities - - - - - - - - - - -

Table 3.6.5 Terminations for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Occupational category

Male Female Foreigner Total

A C I W A C I W Male Female

Top Management (Level 14 – 16)

- - - - 1

- - - - - 1

Senior Management (Level 13) - 1

- - - - - - - - 1

Professionally qualified and experienced (Level 11 – 12) 7 12

- 13 4 4

- 4

- - 44


-

13 129 160

-

49 4 - 573 Semi-skilled (Level 4 -7) 232 261 1 33 359 539 1 225 200 76 1 927 Unskilled (Level 1 – 3) 55 121 - 5 178 221 - 12 40 22 654 Total 371 536 1 64 671 924 1 290 244 98 3 200 Employees with disabilities - - - - - - - - - - -



115

Table 3.6.6 Disciplinary action for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Disciplinary action Male Female Total

A C I W A C I W

All types 10 6 - - 9 4 - - 29 Total

10 6 - - 9 4 - - 29 Table 3.6.7 Skills development for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Occupational category Male Female Total

A C I W A C I W Legislators, senior officials and managers

- - - - 1 1

- - 2

Professionals 18 17 - 5 29 28 1 7 105

Technicians and associate professionals 2 2 - 1 5 4 - 1 15

Clerks 40 38 1 11 153 146 3 38 430

Service and sales workers - - - - - - - - -

Skilled agriculture and fishery workers - - - - - - - - -

Craft and related trades workers - - - - - - - - -

Plant and machine operators and assemblers

- - - - - - - - -

Labourers and Related Workers 46 45 1 13 154 147 3 38 447 Total 106 102 2 30 342 326 7 84 999 Employees with disabilities - - - - - - - - -

Note: There is no alignment between the Organising Framework for Occupations (OFO) reported to the SETAs and the occupation categories listed under the Code of Remuneration (CORE). The Department has aligned the CORE occupation categories with the OFO occupation categories for reporting purposes in respect of the number of employees.



116

3.7. Signing of Performance Agreements by SMS Members

All members of the SMS must conclude and sign performance agreements within specific timeframes. Information regarding the signing of performance agreements by SMS members, the reasons for not complying within the prescribed timeframes and disciplinary steps taken is presented here.

Table 3.7.1 Signing of Performance Agreements by SMS members as on 31 May 2016

SMS Level Number of funded SMS posts per level

Number of SMS members per level

Number of signed performance

agreements per level

Signed performance agreements as % of SMS

members per level

Head of Department 1 1 1 100.00%

Salary Level 16 - - - -

Salary Level 15 3 1 1 100.00%

Salary Level 14 8 8 8 100.00%

Salary Level 13 32 27 26 96.30%

Total 44 37 36 97.30% Table 3.7.2 Reasons for not having concluded Performance agreements for all SMS members as on 31 March 2017

Reasons

SMS member was on suspension for the financial year period of 2016/17

Table 3.7.3 Disciplinary steps taken against SMS members for not having concluded Performance agreements as on 31 March 2017

Reasons

No disciplinary taking because the SMS member was on suspension during the 2016/17 financial year period.



117

3.8. Performance Rewards

To encourage good performance, the department has granted the following performance rewards during the year under review. The information is presented in terms of race, gender, disability, salary bands and critical occupations (see definition in notes below). Table 3.8.1 Performance Rewards by race, gender and disability for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Beneficiary Profile Cost

Race and Gender Number of beneficiaries

Number of employees

% of total within group

Cost (R’000) Average cost per employee

African 396 5 544 7.14% 3 110 7.85

Male 138 1 884 7.32% 1 350 9.78

Female 258 3 660 7.05% 1 760 6.82

Asian 2 20 10.00% 8 4

Male 2 10 20.00% 8 4

Female - 10 - - -

Coloured 488 5 309 9.19% 3 519 7.21

Male 160 1 988 8.05% 1 201 7.51

Female 328 3 321 9.88% 2 318 7.07

White 50 1 403 3.56% 430 8.60

Male 2 307 0.65% 11 5.5

Female 48 1 096 4.38% 419 8.73

Disabled 2 5 40.00% 13 6.5

Total 938 12 281 7.64% 7 080 7.55 Table 3.8.2 Performance Rewards by salary band for personnel below Senior Management Service for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Beneficiary Profile Cost Total cost as a % of the total personnel

expenditure Salary band Number of beneficiaries

Number of employees

% of total within salary bands

Total Cost

(R’000)

Average cost per

employee

Lower Skilled (Levels 1-2) 188 869 21.63% 1 378 7.33 0.03% Skilled (level 3-5)

296 2 382 12.43% 3 285 11.1 0.08% Highly skilled production (level 6-8) 110 6 595 1.67% 1 607 14.61 0.04% Highly skilled supervision (level 9-12) 26 2 397 1.08% 26 0.98 0.02%

Total 620 12 243 5.06% 6 296 10.15 0.16%



118

Table 3.8.3 Performance Rewards by critical occupation for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Beneficiary Profile Cost

Critical occupation

Number of beneficiaries

Number of employees

% of total within occupation

Total Cost (R’000)

Average cost per employee

C6020100 - - - - -

C6010302 - - - - -

C6010308 - - - - -

Total - - - - -

Table 3.8.4 Performance related rewards (cash bonus), by salary band for Senior Management Service for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Beneficiary Profile Cost Total cost as a % of the total personnel expenditure

Salary band Number of beneficiaries

Number of employees

% of total within salary bands

Total Cost (R’000)

Average cost per

beneficiary

Band A 8 27 29.63% 426 53.23 0.01%

Band B 2 9 22.22% 115 57.56 0.00%

Band C - 1 - - - -

Band D - 1 - - - -

Total 10 38 26.32% 541 54.1 0.01%



119

3.9. Foreign Workers

The tables below summarise the employment of foreign nationals in the department in terms of salary band and major occupation.

Table 3.9.1 Foreign workers by salary band for the period 1 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Personnel Group Salary Band

01-Apr-16 31-Mar-17 Change

Number % of total

Number % of total

Number % in salary total

ALL

PER

SON

NEL


Skilled (Levels 3-5) 127 39.69% 134 37.12% 7 15.91%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 186 58.13% 222 61.50% 36 81.82%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 7 2.19% 4 1.11% - -

Senior Management (Levels 13 - 16) - - 1 0.28% 1 2.38%

Total 320 100.00% 361 100.00% 44 100.00%

EDU

CA

TOR

S


Skilled (Levels 3-5) 127 39.69% 134 37.22% 7 16.28%

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 186 58.13% 222 61.67% 36 83.72%

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 7 2.19% 4 1.11% - -

Senior Management (Levels 13 - 16) - - - - - -

Total 320 100.00% 360 100.00% 43 100.00%

PUB

LIC

SER

VIC

E


Skilled (Levels 3-5) - - - - - -

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) - - - - - -

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) - - - - - -

Senior Management (Levels 13 - 16) - - 1 100.00% 1 100.00%

Total - - 1 100.00% 1 100.00% Table 3.9.2 Foreign workers by major occupation for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Major occupation

01-Apr-16 31-Mar-17 Change

Number % of total Number % of total Number % Change

Educators 320 100.00% 361 100.00% 44 100.00%

Total 320 100.00% 361 100.00% 44 100.00%

120

3.10. Leave utilisation

The Public Service Commission identified the need for careful monitoring of sick leave within the public service. The following tables provide an indication of the use of sick leave and disability leave. In both cases, the estimated cost of the leave is also provided.

Table 3.10.1 Sick leave for the period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2017

Salary Band

Total Days Days with medical

certification

% days with medical

certification

Number of Employees using sick

leave

% of total employees using sick

leave

Average days per (sick) employee

Average days per (all)

employee

Estimated Cost (R'000) on 261 days

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 4 375 3 841 87.79% 515 6.54% 8 5 1 538

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 13 399 11 725 87.51% 1 394 17.70% 10 6 7 173

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 39 948 34 305 85.87% 4 388 55.71% 9 6 39 316

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 20 160 18 392 91.23% 1 554 19.73% 13 8 30 716

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 387 352 90.96% 26 0.33% 15 10 964

Total 78 269 68 615 87.67% 7 877 100.00% 10 6 79 707


Skilled (Levels 3-5) 1 606 1 172 72.98% 383 6.47% 4 2 852

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 36 339 31 221 85.92% 4 083 69.00% 9 6 35 870

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 19 361 17 741 91.63% 1 451 24.52% 13 9 29 468

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) - - - - - - - -

Total 57 306 50 134 87.48% 5 917 100.00% 10 6 66 190

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 4 375 3 841 87.79% 515 26.28% 8 5 1 538

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 11 793 10 553 89.49% 1 011 51.58% 12 8 6 321

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 3 609 3 084 85.45% 305 15.56% 12 10 3 446

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 799 651 81.48% 103 5.26% 8 6 1 248


Total 20 963 18 481 88.16% 1 960 100.00% 11 7 13 517



121

Table 3.10.2 Disability leave (temporary and permanent) for the period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2017

Gro

up

Salary Band

Total Days Days with medical

certification

% days with medical

certification

Number of Employees using sick

leave

% of total employees using sick

leave

Average days per

(sick) employee

Average days per

Estimated Cost (R'000) on 261 days (all)

employee

All

pers

onne

l

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 230 230 100.00% 13 4.33% 18 0.25 82

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 1 996 1 996 100.00% 34 11.33% 59 0.83 1 027

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 7 063 7 018 99.36% 149 49.67% 47 1.05 7 054

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 5 181 5 181 100.00% 101 33.67% 51 2.15 8 035


Total 14 587 14 542 99.69% 300 100.00% 49 1.16 16 478

Educ

ator

s


Skilled (Levels 3-5) 99 99 100.00% 2 0.84% 50 0.1 39

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 6 827 6 782 99.34% 135 56.72% 51 1.07 6 820

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 5 181 5 181 100.00% 101 42.44% 51 2.28 8 035

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) - - - - - - - -

Total 12 107 12 062 99.63% 238 100.00% 51 1.25 14 894

Publ

ic s

ervi

ce

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 230 230 100.00% 13 20.97% 18 0.25 82

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 1 897 1 897 100.00% 32 51.61% 59 1.32 988

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 236 236 100.00% 14 22.58% 17 0.68 234

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) - - - - - - - -


Total 2 480 2 480 100.00% 62 100.00% 40 0.86 1 584

122

The table below summarises the utilisation of annual leave. The wage agreement concluded with trade unions in the PSCBC in 2000 requires management of annual leave to prevent high levels of accrued leave being paid at the time of termination of service.

Table 3.10.3 Annual Leave for the period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2017

Gro

up

Salary Band

Total Days taken

Average number of days taken per

employee

Number of employees with

annual leave

All

pers

onne

l Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 13 240 17 779

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 24 981 18 1 356

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 8 268 18 469

Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 14 226 21 676

Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 959 25 39

Total 61 674 19 3 319

Educ

ator

s

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) - - -

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 567 5 118


Senior Management (Levels 13-16) - - -

Total 11 963 18 665

Publ

ic s

ervi

ce Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 13 240 17 779

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 24 981 18 1 356

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 7 701 22 351


Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 959 25 39

Total 49 711 19 2 654 Note: The annual leave entitlements and measures in respect of office-based educators make provision for office-based educators to qualify for annual leave of between 22 and 30 days per annum, based on the number of years of service. All institution-based educators are regarded as being on annual leave during institution closure periods. Table 3.10.4 Capped leave for the period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2017

Gro

up

Salary Band

Total capped leave

available as at 31

Dec 2015

Total days of capped leave taken

Number of

employees using capped leave

Average number of days

taken per employee

Number of

employees with

capped leave as

at 31-Dec-16

Total capped leave available as at 31-Dec-16

All

pers

onne

l

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 427 50 2 25 5 293

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 31 901 4 522 89 51 547 26 479 Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 128 821 8 759 218 40 2 022 113 432 Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 143 535 9 391 218 43 2 026 132 697 Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 1 434 230 2 115 23 1 418

Total 306 118 22 952 529 43 4 623 274 319



- 123 -

Gro

up

Salary Band

Total capped leave

available as at 31

Dec 2015

Total days of capped leave taken

Number of

employees using capped leave

Average number of days

taken per employee

Number of

employees with

capped leave as

at 31-Dec-16

Total capped leave available as at 31-Dec-16

Educ

ator

s

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) - - - - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 332 132 2 66 7 276 Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 116 525 8 032 195 41 1 809 102 081 Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 140 705 9 292 211 44 1 967 129 968 Senior Management (Levels 13-16)

- - - - - -

Total 257 562 17 456 408 43 3 783 232 325

Publ

ic s

ervi

ce Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) 427 50 2 25 5 293

Skilled (Levels 3-5) 31 569 4 390 87 50 540 26 203 Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) 12 296 727 23 32 213 11 351 Highly skilled supervision (Levels 9-12) 2 830 99 7 14 59 2 729 Senior Management (Levels 13-16) 1 434 230 2 115 23 1 418

Total 48 556 5 496 121 45 840 41 994

The following table summarise payments made to employees as a result of leave that was not taken. Table 3.10.5 Leave pay-outs for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017

Reason

Total amount (R’000)

Number of employees

Average per employee (R’000)

Leave pay-out for 2016/17 due to non-utilisation of leave for the previous cycle

- - -

Capped leave pay-out on termination of service for 2016/17 29 043 289 100

Current leave pay-out on termination of service for 2016/17 562 21 27

Total 29 605 310 96

3.11. HIV/AIDS & Health Promotion Programmes

Table 3.11.1 Steps taken to reduce the risk of occupational exposure

Units/categories of employees identified to be at high risk of contracting HIV & related diseases (if any)

Key steps taken to reduce the risk

Not Applicable to department of education



- 124 -

Table 3.11.2 Details of Health Promotion and HIV/AIDS Programmes (tick the applicable boxes and provide the required information)

Question Yes No Details, if yes

1. Has the department designated a member of the SMS to implement the provisions contained in Part VI E of Chapter 1 of the Public Service Regulations, 2001? If so, provide her/his name and position.

X

Mr. CM Mothelesi Director: HR Practice & Administration

2. Does the department have a dedicated unit or has it designated specific staff members to promote the health and well-being of your employees? If so, indicate the number of employees who are involved in this task and the annual budget that is available for this purpose.

X

11 Employees including the 4 Districts. The total budget is R283 800.00

3. Has the department introduced an Employee Assistance or Health Promotion Programme for your employees? If so, indicate the key elements/services of this Programme.

X

1. Improve and enhance the wellbeing of employees by promotion of general health of employees, through awareness and education.

2. Promotion of voluntary counselling and testing. 3. Workplace inspection and implementation of

corrective measure. 4. Has the department established (a) committee(s) as contemplated in Part VI E.5 (e) of Chapter 1 of the Public Service Regulations, 2001? If so, please provide the names of the members of the committee and the stakeholder(s) that they represent.

X

1. Ms KP. Cwaile: Employee Health & Wellness 2. Mr. JB . Maruping: Employee Health & Wellness 3. Mr. MS. De Huis: Employee Health & Wellness 4. Mr.M. Selani: Infrastructure 5. Ms. M. Boutlwanye: Ministry 6. Ms. V. Nqoyi: Labour Relations and Peoples

Management 7. Ms. P.Nkosi: HRM 8. Mr Phuti Wolfe: Communications 9. Ms Amanda Moilwa: Legal Services 10. Ms Zeenat Toffar : IT 11. Audrey Femmers: Supply Chain 12. Ms Duksie Tonyane: NEHAWU 13. Mr Kwanene Mafu: Teachers Centre 14. Ms LR Moncho: Registry 15. Mr G Springbok: Finance 16. Ms Hester Burrow: Curriculum 17. Mr Ntsiki Nkukwana: Security 18. Mr. Simon Kgatlane: NEHAWU NAMAKWA DISTRICT

1. Ms. Delmarie Brand: Finance 2. Mr. Henry Maans: 3. Mr. Desmond Dencille: Employee Health & Wellness

JOHN TAOLE GAETSEWE

1. Ms K.S. Makoko: Life Skills 2. Mr T.P. Sesing: Labour Relation and Peoples

Management 3. Mr. Moletlanyi Makatong: Employee Health &

Wellness

ZF MGCAWU

1. Ms ZHJ Nero: Skills 2. Ms HR Van der Westhuizen: Inclusive Education

FRANCES BAARD

1. Mr. R Diraditsile: EPMDS 2. Ms P Abrams: HR



- 125 -

Question Yes No Details, if yes 3. Ms Mercia Seboletswe: Employee Health & Wellness

PIXLEY Ka SEME

1. Mr C Dombo-:Labour Relation 2. Ms. B Madikane: EPMDS 3. Ms. N Mvenya:: Employee Health & Wellness

5. Has the department reviewed its employment policies and practices to ensure that these do not unfairly discriminate against employees on the basis of their HIV status? If so, list the employment policies/practices so reviewed.

X

The SG approved the following policies on the 30th March 2014. 1. HIV & AIDS, STI and TB Policy 2. Safety, Health, Environmental, Risk and Quality

Policy 3. Health and Productivity Policy. 4. Wellness Policy The above policies are currently under review.

6. Has the department introduced measures to protect HIV-positive employees or those perceived to be HIV-positive from discrimination? If so, list the key elements of these measures.

X

Confidentiality and privacy of personal information will be maintained at all times and procedures to address the discrimination and stigmatisation of employees living with or affected by HIV & AIDS.

7. Does the department encourage its employees to undergo Voluntary Counselling and Testing? If so, list the results that you have you achieved.

X Females: 151

Males: 47

8. Has the department developed measures/indicators to monitor & evaluate the impact of its health promotion programme? If so, list these measures/indicators.

X

We evaluate the impact through our monthly; quarterly reports and reports that we submit to OTP & DPSA. Once a quarter we receive reports from GEMS that outline results of health promotion activities. The report from GEMS includes statistics of employees who are on chronic medication and have registered with Disease Management Programme.



- 126 -

3.12. Labour Relations

Table 3.12.1 Collective agreements for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Total number of Collective agreements None

The following table summarises the outcome of disciplinary hearings conducted within the department for the year under review. Table 3.12.2 Misconduct and disciplinary hearings finalised for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Outcomes of disciplinary hearings Number % of total Correctional counselling - - Verbal warning 1 5.56% Written warning 3 16.67% Final written warning 9 50.00% Suspended without pay - - Fine - - Demotion - - Dismissal 3 16.67% Not guilty 1 5.56% Case withdrawn 1 5.56% Total 18 100.00%

Note: Outcomes of disciplinary hearings refer to formal cases only.

Table 3.12.3 Types of misconduct addressed at disciplinary hearings for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Type of misconduct Number % of total Sexual harassment 1 2.94% Negligence 1 2.94% Corporal Punishment 2 5.88% Insubordination 4 11.76% Theft/fraud & Dishonesty 4 11.76% Assault on learner 5 14.71% Absenteeism 14 41.18% Sexual relationship with learner 2 5.88% Victimisation 1 2.94% Total 34 100.00% Note: the number of all reported and finalised cases dealt with for the period 1 April 2016-31 March 2017, is 34 cases.

Table 3.12.4 Grievances logged for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Grievances Number % of Total

Number of grievances resolved 29 64.44% Number of grievances not resolved 16 35.56% Total number of grievances lodged 45 100.00% Note: Grievances lodged refers to cases that were finalised within the reporting period. Table 3.12.5 Disputes logged with Councils for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017



- 127 -

Disputes Number % of Total

Number of disputes upheld 9 37.50% Number of disputes dismissed 15 62.50% Total number of disputes lodged 24 100.00% Note: Councils refer to the Public Service Coordinating Bargaining Council (PSCBC), General Public Service Sector Bargaining Council (GPSSBC) and Education Labour Relations Council (ELRC). Table 3.12.6 Strike actions for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Strike actions Number Total number of persons working days lost -

Total costs working days lost -

Amount recovered as a result of no work no pay (R’000) -

Table 3.12.7 Precautionary suspensions for the period 1 April 201 6and 31 March 2017

Precautionary suspensions Number Number of people suspended 3 Number of people who’s suspension exceeded 30 days 3 Average number of days suspended 197 Cost of suspension(R’000) 175 Note: Precautionary suspensions refer to staff being suspended with pay whilst the case is being investigated.



- 128 -

3.13. Skills development

This section highlights the efforts of the department with regard to skills development. Table 3.13.1 Training needs identified for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Occupational category Gender Number of employees

as at 1 April 2016

Training needs identified at start of the reporting period

Learnerships Skills Programmes & other short

courses

Other forms

of training

Total

Legislators, senior officials and managers

Female 15 - - 4 4 Male 23 - - 9 9

Professionals Female 123 - 27 - 27 Male 79 - 23 - 23

Technicians and associate professionals

Female 86 - - - -

Male 77 - - - -

Clerks Female 710 - 125 - -

Male 190 - 75 - 125 Service and sales workers Female 16 - - - 75

Male 10 - - - -

Skilled agriculture and fishery workers

Female - - - - -

Male - - - - -

Craft and related trades workers

Female 1 - - - -

Male 7 - - - -


Female - - - - -

Male 15 - - - -

Labourers and Related Workers

Female 7 139 30 750 - 780 Male 3 791 25 300 - 325

Sub Total Female - - - - -

Male - - - - -

Total 12 282 55 1 300 13 1 368 Note: *There is no alignment between the Organising Framework for Occupations (OFO) reported to the SETAs and the occupation categories listed under the Code of Remuneration (CORE). The Department has aligned the CORE occupation categories with the OFO occupation categories for reporting purposes in respect of the number of employees. **Disability breakdown cannot be provided as the PSETA Quarterly Monitoring Report, Annual Training Report and the Work Skills Plan does not accommodate a breakdown between female and male. The above mentioned reports only stipulate total disability.



- 129 -

Table 3.13.2 Training provided for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Occupational category Gender Number of employees

as at 1 April 2016

Training provided within the reporting period

Learner- ships

Skills Programme

s & other short

courses

Other forms of training

Total

Legislators, senior officials and managers

Female 15 - - 2 2 Male 23 - - 4 4

Professionals Female 123 - 65 - - Male 79 - 40 - 65

Technicians and associate professionals

Female 86 - 5 - 40 Male 77 - 10 - 5

Clerks Female 710 - 340 - 10 Male 190 - 90 - -

Service and sales workers Female 16 - - - 340 Male 10 - - - 90

Skilled agriculture and fishery workers

Female - - - - - Male - - - - -

Craft and related trades workers Female 1 - - - - Male 7 - - - -


Female - - - - - Male 15 - - - -

Labourers and Related Workers Female 7 139 - 300 42 342 Male 3 791 - 70 34 104

Sub Total Female - - - - - Male - - - - -

Total 12 282 - 920 82 1 002 Note: *Disability breakdown cannot be provided as the PSETA Quarterly Monitoring Report, Annual Training Report and the Work Skills Plan does not accommodate a breakdown between female and male. The above mentioned reports only stipulate total disability.

3.14. Injury on duty

The following tables provide basic information on injury on duty. Table 3.14.1 Injury on duty for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Nature of injury on duty Number % of total

Required basic medical attention only 24 66.67%

Temporary Total Disablement 12 33.33%

Permanent Disablement - -

Fatal - -

Total 36 100.00%



- 130 -

3.15. Utilisation of Consultants

The following tables relate information on the utilisation of consultants in the department. In terms of the Public Service Regulations “consultant’ means a natural or juristic person or a partnership who or which provides in terms of a specific contract on an ad hoc basis any of the following professional services to a department against remuneration received from any source:

(a) The rendering of expert advice; (b) The drafting of proposals for the execution of specific tasks; and (c) The execution of a specific task which is of a technical or intellectual nature, but

excludes an employee of a department. Table 3.15.1 Report on consultant appointments using appropriated funds for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017 Project title Total number of

consultants that worked on project

Duration (work days)

Contract value in Rand

Financial Management and Audit Assistance

4 240 13 461 000

HR Information Management and Support

1 120 495 082

HR System Development and Support

3 50 458 565

Data Warehousing and Machine Learning

2 240 12 000 000

Table 3.15.2 Analysis of consultant appointments using appropriated funds, in terms of Historically Disadvantaged Individuals (HDIs) for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Project title Percentage ownership by HDI groups

Percentage management by HDI

groups

Number of consultants from HDI groups that work on the project

Financial Management and Audit Assistance

100% 100% 4

HR Information Management and Support

36.9% 7.9% None

HR System Development and Support

36.3% 63.6% 3

Data Warehousing and Machine Learning

81.0% 81.0% 2

Table 3.15.3 Report on consultant appointments using Donor funds for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017 Project title Total Number of consultants that worked

on project Duration

(work days) Donor and contract

value in Rand None



- 131 -

Table 3.15.4 Analysis of consultant appointments using Donor funds, in terms of Historically Disadvantaged Individuals (HDIs) for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Project title Percentage ownership by HDI groups Percentage management by HDI

groups

Number of consultants from HDI groups that work on the project

None

3.16. Severance Packages

Table 3.16.1 Granting of employee initiated severance packages for the period 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2017

Salary band Number of applications

received

Number of applications

referred to the MPSA

Number of applications supported by

MPSA

Number of packages

approved by department

Lower skilled (Levels 1-2) - - - -

Skilled (Levels 3-5) - - - -

Highly skilled production (Levels 6-8) - - - -

Highly skilled supervision(Levels 9-12) 2 - - 2

Senior management (Levels 13-16) - - - -

Total 2 - - 2



- 132 -

PART E: FINANCIAL INFORMATION



- 133 -

1. REPORT OF THE AUDITOR GENERAL Report of the Auditor-General to the Northern Cape Provincial Legislature on Vote No. 4: Department of Education

Opinion

1. I have audited the financial statements of the Department of Education set out on pages 145 to 244, which comprise the appropriation statement, the statement of financial position as at 31 March 2017, and the statement of financial performance, statement of changes in net assets and cash flow statement for the year then ended, as well as the notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.

2. In my opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Department of Education as at 31 March 2017, and its financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with the Modified Cash Standard (MCS) prescribed by National Treasury and the requirements of the Public Finance Management Act of South Africa, 1999 (Act No. 1 of 1999) (PFMA) and the Division of Revenue Act of South Africa, 2016 (Act No. 3 of 2016) (DoRA).

Basis for opinion

3. I conducted my audit in accordance with the International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). My responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor-general’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of my report.

4. I am independent of the department in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of ethics for professional accountants (IESBA code) together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to my audit in South Africa. I have fulfilled my other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the IESBA code.

5. I believe that the audit evidence I have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for my opinion.

Emphasis of matters

6. I draw attention to the matters below. My opinion is not modified in respect of these matters.



- 134 -

Irregular expenditure

7. As disclosed in note 23.1 to the financial statements, the department incurred irregular expenditure of R323 416 000 (2016: R220 802 000) and R21 464 000 relating to the prior year discovered in the current year, and a further R15 004 000 disclosed in note 23.3 as still to be investigated during the year under review, mainly due to non-compliance with supply chain management requirements. The total amount of irregular expenditure recorded in the annual financial statements at 31 March 2017amount to R2 578 721 000 (2016: R2 233 841 000). In addition, the full extent of irregular expenditure is still in the process of being determined.

Uncertainty relating to the future outcome of exceptional litigation

8. With reference to note 18.1 to the financial statements, the department is the defendant and claimant in several lawsuits. The ultimate outcome of the matters cannot currently be determined, and no provision for any liability or asset that may result has been made in the financial statements.

Other matter

9. I draw attention to the matter below. My opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

Unaudited supplementary schedules

10. The supplementary information set out on pages 232 - 243 does not form part of the financial statements and is presented as additional information. I have not audited these schedules and, accordingly, I do not express an opinion thereon.

Responsibilities of the accounting officer for the financial statements

11. The accounting officer is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with the MCS prescribed by National Treasury and the requirements of the PFMA and DoRA and for such internal control as the accounting officer determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

12. In preparing the financial statements, the accounting officer is responsible for assessing the Department of Education’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless there is an intention either to liquidate the department or to cease operations, or there is no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor-general’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

13. My objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud



- 135 -

or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes my opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

14. A further description of my responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is included in the annexure to the auditor’s report.

Report on the audit of the Annual Performance Report

Introduction and scope

15. In accordance with the Public Audit Act of South Africa, 2004 (Act No. 25 of 2004) (PAA) and the general notice issued in terms thereof I have a responsibility to report material findings on the reported performance information against predetermined objectives for selected programmes presented in the annual performance report. I performed procedures to identify findings but not to gather evidence to express assurance.

16. My procedures address the reported performance information, which must be based on the approved performance planning documents of the department. I have not evaluated the completeness and appropriateness of the performance indicators included in the planning documents. My procedures also did not extend to any disclosures or assertions relating to planned performance strategies and information in respect of future periods that may be included as part of the reported performance information. Accordingly, my findings do not extend to these matters.

17. I evaluated the usefulness and reliability of the reported performance information in accordance with the criteria developed from the performance management and reporting framework, as defined in the general notice, for the following selected programmes presented in the annual performance report of the department for the year ended 31 March 2017:

Programmes Pages in the annual performance report

Programme 2 – Public ordinary School education 43 – 49

Programme 5 – Early Childhood Development 57 – 62

Programme 6 – Infrastructure Development 63 – 68

Programme 7 – Examination and Education Related Services 69 – 77



- 136 -

18. I performed procedures to determine whether the reported performance information was properly presented and whether performance was consistent with the approved performance planning documents. I performed further procedures to determine whether the indicators and related targets were measurable and relevant, and assessed the reliability of the reported performance information to determine whether it was valid, accurate and complete.

19. The material findings in respect of the usefulness and reliability of the selected programmes are as follows:

Programme 2 – Public Ordinary School Education

Various indicators 20. The Department included statistical indicator information in an appendix to the

Annual Performance Plan to provide the users with historical data for planning purposes. Since the Statistical Indicator Information was included for planning purposes in the appendix, the Department did not set targets for achievement, technical indicator descriptions, proper performance management systems and processes, formal standard operating procedures and documented system descriptions for the Statistical Indicators. The Statistical Indicator information that is derived from the Medium Term Strategic Framework, should be included in the Annual Performance Report and presented with the actual achievements reached against the Statistical Indicators. Contrary to this, the Department did not include the Statistical Indicator information in the Annual Performance Report.

21. The reported achievement for the following Statistical Indicator Information was misstated as the Statistical Indicators were not included in the Annual Performance Report:

• ST201: Number of learners enrolled in public ordinary schools

• ST202: Number of educators employed in public ordinary schools

• ST205: Number of learners eligible to benefit from learner transport

• ST207: Number of qualified teachers, aged 30 and below, entering the public service as teachers for the first time

• ST208: Percentage of learners who are in classes with more than 45 learners

• ST209: The percentage of youth who obtained a National Senior Certificate from a school

• ST210: The percentage of learners in schools with at least one educator with specialist training on inclusion

• ST211: Percentage of learners having access to workbooks per grade

• ST212: Percentage of schools where allocated teaching posts are all filled



- 137 -

• ST213: Percentage of learners having access to the required textbooks in all grades and all subjects (based on orders placed)

• ST215: Number of learners screened through the Integrated School Health Programme

Various indicators

22. I was unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the reported reason for the variance, as required by the Annual report guide for provincial departments. This was due to limitations placed on the scope of my work as supporting evidence for the reasons was not submitted for audit. I was unable to confirm the reason for the variance by alternative means. Consequently, I was unable to determine whether any adjustments were required to the reason for the variance as reported for the following indicators:

• Indicator PPM208: Learner absenteeism rate • Indicator PPM209: Teacher absenteeism rate

Indicator PPM205 – The percentage of children who turned 9 in the previous year and who are currently enrolled in Grade 4 (or a higher grade 23. The reported achievement for the target of Percentage of children who turned 9

in the previous year and who are currently in Grade 4 or higher was misstated as the evidence provided indicated that the number of learners who turned nine (9) in the previous year was estimated to be 26 763 and not 14 987 as reported and the total number of learners who are 10 in the school is estimated to be 40 523 and not 22 693 as reported.

Indicator PPM206 – The percentage of children who turned 12 in the previous year and who are currently enrolled in Grade 7 (or a higher grade) 24. The reported achievement for the target of Percentage of children who turned 12

in the previous year and who are currently in Grade 7 or higher was misstated as the evidence provided indicated that the number of learners who turned twelve (12) in the previous year was estimated to be 17 944 and not 11 419 as reported and the total number of learners who are 13 in the school is estimated to be 32 613 and not 20 754 as reported.

Indicator PPM207 – Number of schools provided with media resources 25. I was unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence for the reported

achievement of the number of schools provided with media resources. This was due to the lack of controls and procedures regarding the completeness of the media resources provided to schools. I was unable to confirm the reported achievement by alternative means. Consequently, I was unable to determine whether any adjustments were required to the reported achievement of number of schools provided with media resources.



- 138 -

Indicator PPM208 – Learner absenteeism 26. The reported achievement for learner absenteeism was misstated as the

evidence provided indicated that the learner absenteeism is projected as 4.53% and not 5.7% as reported. The evidence provided indicated that the number of school days in a quarter is projected to be 78 246 399 days and not 65 105 312.

Indicator PPM209 – Teacher absenteeism 27. The reported achievement for teacher absenteeism was misstated as the

evidence provided indicated that the teacher absenteeism is projected as 5.71% and not 6.3% as reported. The evidence provided indicated that the total number of working days lost due to teacher’s absenteeism is projected to be 108 627 and not 104 747 as reported and that the number of school days in a quarter is projected to be 1 902 010 days and not 1 656 589.

Programme 5 – Early Childhood Development

Various indicators 28. The Department included statistical indicator information in an appendix to the

Annual Performance Plan to provide the users with historical data for planning purposes. Since the Statistical Indicator Information was included for planning purposes in the appendix, the Department did not set targets for achievement, technical indicator descriptions, proper performance management systems and processes, formal standard operating procedures and documented system descriptions for the Statistical Indicators. The Statistical Indicator information that is derived from the Medium Term Strategic Framework, should be included in the Annual Performance Report and presented with the actual achievements reached against the Statistical Indicators. Contrary to this, the Department did not include the Statistical Indicator information in the Annual Performance Report.

29. The reported achievement for the following Statistical Indicator Information was misstated as the Statistical Indicators were not included in the Annual Performance Report:

• ST501: Number of learners enrolled in Grade R in public schools

• ST502: Number of Grade R practitioners employed in public ordinary schools per quarter

• ST503: Number of ECD practitioners trained

Indicator 5.1.2 – Number of practitioners in public schools supported on CAPS 30. The reported achievement for the target of Number of practitioners in public

schools supported on CAPS was misstated as the evidence provided indicated that the number of practitioners in public schools supported on CAPS was projected to be 387 and not 887 as reported.



- 139 -

I did not identify any material findings on the usefulness and reliability of the reported performance information for the following programme:

• Programme 6 – Infrastructure Development • Programme 7 – Examination and Education Services

Other matter

31. I draw attention to the matter below.

Achievement of planned targets

32. Refer to the annual performance report on page(s) 43 to 49; 57 to 77 for information on the achievement of planned targets for the year and explanations provided for the under/overachievement of a significant number of targets. This information should be considered in the context of the qualified and adverse of opinions expressed on the usefulness and reliability of the reported performance information in paragraphs 2.3.2; 2.3.3; 2.3.4 and 2.3.5 of this report.

Adjustment of material misstatements

33. I identified material misstatements in the annual performance report submitted for auditing. These material misstatements were on the reported performance information of Programme 6 – Infrastructure Development, Programme 5 – Early Childhood Development and Programme 7 - Examination and Education Services. As management subsequently corrected the misstatements, I did not raise any material findings on the usefulness and reliability of the reported performance information regarding Programme 6 – Infrastructure Development and Programme 7 - Examination and Education Services. As management subsequently corrected only some of the misstatements regarding Programme 5 – Early Childhood Development, I raised material findings on the usefulness and reliability of the reported performance information. Those that were not corrected are included in details of material findings paragraphs.

Report on audit of compliance with legislation

Introduction and scope

34. In accordance with the PAA and the general notice issued in terms thereof I have a responsibility to report material findings on the compliance of the department with specific matters in key legislation. I performed procedures to identify findings but not to gather evidence to express assurance.

35. The material findings in respect of the compliance criteria for the applicable subject matters are as follows:



- 140 -

Budgets

36. Effective steps were not taken to prevent unauthorised expenditure amounting to R68 863 000, as disclosed in note 8 to the annual financial statements, in contravention of section 38(1)(c)(ii) of the PFMA and Treasury Regulation 9.1.1.

Expenditure management

37. Effective steps were not taken to prevent irregular expenditure amounting to R339 713 000 as disclosed in note 31 to the annual financial statements, as required by section 38(1)(c)(ii) of the PFMA and Treasury Regulation 9.1.1

Procurement and contract management

38. Goods and services with a transaction value below R500 000 were procured without obtaining the required price quotations, as required by Treasury Regulation 16A6.1.

39. Quotations were accepted from prospective suppliers who did not submit a declaration on whether they are employed by the state or connected to any person employed by the state, which is prescribed in order to comply with Treasury Regulation 16A8.3.

40. Goods and services of a transaction value above R500 000 were procured without inviting competitive bids, as required by Treasury Regulations 16A6.1. Deviations were approved by the accounting officer even though it was not impractical to invite competitive bids, in contravention of Treasury Regulation 16A6.4.

41. Sufficient appropriate audit evidence could not be obtained that bid adjudication was done by committees which were composed in accordance with the policies of the department, as required by Treasury Regulations 16A6.2(a), (b) and (c).

42. Persons in service of the department who had a private or business interest in contracts awarded by the department failed to disclose such interest, as required by Treasury Regulation 16A8.4 and Public Service Regulation 3C.

43. Persons in service of the department whose close family members, partners or associates had a private or business interest in contracts awarded by the department failed to disclose such interest, as required by Treasury Regulation 16A8.4.

Utilisation of grants

44. The department did not evaluate its performance in respect of programmes or functions funded by the grant, as required by section 11(6)(a) and 12(5)(a) of DoRA.



- 141 -

Other information

45. The Department of Education’s accounting officer is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report. The other information does not include the financial statements, the auditor’s report thereon and those selected programmes presented in the annual performance report that have been specifically reported on in the auditor’s report.

46. My opinion on the financial statements and findings on the reported performance information and compliance with legislation do not cover the other information and I do not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with my audit, my responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements and the selected programmes presented in the annual performance report, or my knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

I have not yet received the final annual report. When I do receive this information, if I conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, I am required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance and request that the other information be corrected. If the other information is not corrected I may have to re-issue my auditor’s report amended as appropriate.

Internal control deficiencies

47. I considered internal control relevant to my audit of the statements, reported performance information and compliance with applicable legislation; however, my objective was not to express any form of assurance thereon. The matters reported below are limited to the significant internal control deficiencies that resulted in the findings on the annual performance report and the findings on compliance with legislation included in this report.

• The accounting officer did not ensure that the department complies with applicable laws and regulations, material findings relating to PFMA and other applicable acts, including supply chain management were identified in the current financial year. Management failed to implement the action plan to ensure that prior year issues relating to human resource management and performance information, the prevention of irregular and fruitless and wasteful expenditure do not reoccur.

• The leadership of the department did not exercise oversight responsibility to ensure that proper internal control procedures were developed and implemented that will enable the department to produce an accurate and complete report on predetermined objectives.



- 142 -

• The department did not implement proper record keeping in a timely manner to ensure that complete, relevant and accurate information is accessible and available to support performance reporting.

• The department’s internal processes and systems did not prevent irregular and fruitless and wasteful expenditure as well as non-compliance with other applicable laws and regulations.

Other reports

48. I draw attention to the following engagements that could potentially have an impact on the department’s financial-, performance- and compliance-related matters. My opinion is not modified in respect of these engagements that are either in progress or have been completed.

Performance audits

49. Performance audit on the curriculum support and monitoring provided by education districts to schools.

50. A performance audit was conducted during the 2015-16 financial year on the department of Education’s curriculum support and monitoring provided through education districts to schools. The report covered the period 2012 to 2016 (with greater emphasis being placed on 2014), and was tabled on 30 November 2016 as part of the 2015-16 Education Sector Report.

Kimberley

31 July 2017



- 143 -

Annexure – Auditor-general’s responsibility for the audit

1. As part of an audit in accordance with the ISAs, I exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout my audit of the financial statements, and the procedures performed on reported performance information for selected programmes and on the department’s compliance with respect to the selected subject matters.

Financial statements

2. In addition to my responsibility for the audit of the financial statements as described in the auditor’s report, I also:

• identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for my opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

• obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the department’s internal control.

• evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the accounting officer.

• conclude on the appropriateness of the accounting officer’s use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements. I also conclude, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Department of Education ability to continue as a going concern. If I conclude that a material uncertainty exists, I am required to draw attention in my auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements about the material uncertainty or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify the opinion on the financial statements. My conclusions are based on the information available to me at the date of the auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause a department to cease to continue as a going concern.



- 144 -

• evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

Communication with those charged with governance

3. I communicate with the accounting officer regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that I identify during my audit.

I also confirm to the accounting officer that I have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and communicate all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to have a bearing on my independence and here applicable, related safeguards.



- 145 -

2. ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE NORTHERN CAPE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

For the year ended 31 March 2017

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION VOTE 4

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the year ended 31 March 2017

- 146 -

Table of Contents

Appropriation Statement 147 Notes to the Appropriation Statement 189 Statement of Financial Performance 192 Statement of Financial Position 193 Statement of Changes in Net Assets 194 Cash Flow Statement 195 Accounting Policies 196 Notes to the Annual Financial Statements 204 Annexures 232


APPROPRIATION STATEMENT


- 147 -

Appropriation per programme 2016/17 2015/16

Voted funds and Direct charges

Adjusted Appropriation

Shifting of Funds

Virement Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

Variance Expenditure as % of

final appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Programme 1. Administration 609 666 - (175) 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 102.6% 550 970 550 970 2. Public Ordinary School

Education 3 986 172 - 5 711 3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 100.9% 3 759 627 3 756 123

3. Independent School Subsidy 8 725 - (3) 8 722 8 722 - 100.0% 7 887 7 887

4. Public Special School Education 116 251 - (21) 116 230 132 331 (16 101) 113.9% 112 632 112 632

5. Early Childhood Development 94 204 - (7 536) 86 668 83 673 2 995 96.5% 83 967 83 355

6. Infrastructure Development 497 309 - - 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 100.6% 455 932 443 442 7. Examination And Education

Related Services 135 283 - 2 024 137 307 135 647 1 660 98.8% 155 850 146 708

TOTAL 5 447 610 - - 5 447 610 5 511 818 (64 208) 101.2% 5 126 865 5 101 117




- 148 -

2016/17 2015/16 Final


Expenditure Final


Expenditure TOTAL (brought forward) 5 447 610 5 511 818 5 126 865 5 101 117 Reconciliation with statement of financial performance

ADD

Departmental receipts - - 2 592 NRF Receipts - - - Aid assistance - - Actual amounts per statement of financial performance (total revenue) 5 447 610 5 129 457 ADD

Prior year unauthorised expenditure approved without funding

Actual amounts per statement of financial performance (total expenditure) 5 511 818 5 101 117




- 149 -

Appropriation per economic classification 2016/17 2015/16


Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure

Variance Expenditure as % of final

appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Economic classification Current payments 4 579 029 - (1 667) 4 577 362 4 634 193 (56 831) 101.2% 4 296 028 4 292 859

Compensation of employees 4 166 077 - 69 813 4 235 890 4 289 234 (53 344) 101.3% 3 914 616 3 911 368 Salaries and wages 3 618 718 (1 881) 69 578 3 686 415 3 721 758 (35 343) 101.0% 3 388 769 3 385 521 Social contributions 547 359 1 881 235 549 475 567 476 (18 001) 103.3% 525 847 525 847

Goods and services 411 670 (142) (70 198) 341 330 344 815 (3 485) 101.0% 380 908 380 987 Administrative fees 440 417 - 857 857 - 100.0% 309 309 Advertising 1 657 268 (313) 1 612 1 612 - 100.0% 1 542 1 542 Minor assets 4 315 (3 408) (400) 507 505 2 99.5% 255 255 Audit costs: External 10 410 531 - 10 941 10 941 - 100.0% 11 497 11 497 Bursaries: Employees 3 800 (919) (1 718) 1 163 1 163 - 100.0% 1 520 1 520 Catering: Departmental activities 12 251 (1 950) (871) 9 430 9 201 229 97.6% 8 336 8 336

Communication 10 519 (3 296) 72 7 295 7 295 - 100.0% 5 713 5 713 Computer services 16 966 (3 811) (7 314) 5 841 5 841 - 100.0% 9 026 9 026 Consultants: Business and advisory services 20 000 (5 524) (1 015) 13 461 16 946 (3 485) 125.9% 10 945 10 945

Legal services 2 500 1 012 - 3 512 3 512 - 100.0% 3 121 3 121 Contractors 2 399 5 149 - 7 548 7 548 - 100.0% 1 466 1 466 Agency and support / outsourced services 28 699 10 595 12 490 51 784 55 029 (3 245) 106.3% 47 587 47 587

Entertainment 215 (127) - 88 88 - 100.0% 69 69 Fleet services 4 030 (989) - 3 041 3 041 - 100.0% 2 959 2 959 Inventory: Fuel, oil and gas 305 (305) - - - - - - -




- 150 -



Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Inventory: Learner and teacher support material 58 862 (6 024) (36 415) 16 423 16 205 218 98.7% 39 875 39 875

Inventory: Materials and supplies - - - - - - - 21 000 21 000

Inventory: Medical supplies 200 (200) - - - - - - - Inventory: Other supplies 38 199 5 914 (7 817) 36 296 36 296 - 100.0% 45 570 45 570 Consumable supplies 5 380 (2 025) (84) 3 271 3 279 (8) 100.2% 3 463 3 463 Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies 15 123 (2 583) 197 12 737 12 737 - 100.0% 13 642 13 642

Operating leases 6 590 10 660 948 18 198 18 198 - 100.0% 18 452 18 452 Property payments 90 612 (14 260) (8 264) 68 088 68 088 - 100.0% 77 047 77 047 Transport provided: Departmental activity 3 582 2 151 (963) 4 770 4 599 171 96.4% 3 803 3 803

Travel and subsistence 55 022 3 165 (14 212) 43 975 43 221 754 98.3% 39 741 39 741 Training and development 13 600 (178) (3 010) 10 412 8 305 2 107 79.8% 6 550 6 197 Operating payments 2 136 5 049 - 7 185 7 519 (334) 104.6% 5 473 5 473 Venues and facilities 3 592 70 (1 509) 2 153 2 049 104 95.2% 1 897 2 329 Rental and hiring 264 476 - 740 740 - 100.0% 50 50

Interest and rent on land 1 282 142 (1 282) 142 144 (2) 101.4% 504 504 Interest - 142 - 142 144 (2) 101.4% 504 504 Rent on land 1 282 - (1 282) - - - - - -

Transfers and subsidies 429 331 - - 429 331 445 602 (16 271) 103.8% 448 136 448 136

Provinces and municipalities 3 - - 3 - 3 - - -




- 151 -



Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Provinces 3 - - 3 - 3 - - -

Provincial agencies and funds 3 - - 3 - 3 - - -

Departmental agencies and accounts 6 064 - - 6 064 6 076 (12) 100.2% 5 314 5 314

Departmental agencies and accounts 6 064 - - 6 064 6 076 (12) 100.2% 5 314 5 314

Non-profit institutions 373 283 (1 090) (3) 372 190 374 567 (2 377) 100.6% 376 337 376 337 Households 49 981 1 090 3 51 074 64 959 (13 885) 127.2% 66 485 66 485

Social benefits 10 000 12 534 2 321 24 855 29 605 (4 750) 119.1% 28 880 28 880 Other transfers to households 39 981 (11 444) (2 318) 26 219 35 354 (9 135) 134.8% 37 605 37 605

Payments for capital assets 439 250 - 1 667 440 917 432 023 8 894 98.0% 382 701 360 122

Buildings and other fixed structures 395 646 (5 511) (18 154) 371 981 374 467 (2 486) 100.7% 306 166 293 676 Buildings 395 646 (5 511) (18 154) 371 981 374 467 (2 486) 100.7% 306 166 293 676

Machinery and equipment 36 604 2 295 19 821 58 720 47 340 11 380 80.6% 70 761 60 672 Transport equipment 15 900 5 862 21 133 42 895 39 260 3 635 91.5% 54 363 54 363 Other machinery and equipment 20 704 (3 567) (1 312) 15 825 8 080 7 745 51.1% 16 398 6 309

Software and other Intangible assets 7 000 3 216 - 10 216 10 216 - 100.0% 5 774 5 774

Payments for financial assets - - - - - - - - - Total 5 447 610 - - 5 447 610 5 511 818 (64 208) 101.2% 5 126 865 5 101 117




- 152 -

Programme 1: ADMINISTRATION

2016/17 2015/16

Adjusted Appropriati

on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Office Of The MEC 9 766 - 1 138 10 904 10 908 (4) 100.0% 7 796 7 796

2. Corporate Services 329 735 - (5 004) 324 731 325 475 (744) 100.2% 299 727 299 727

3. Education Management 230 951 - 5 674 236 625 242 773 (6 148) 102.6% 216 591 216 591

4. Human Resource Development 23 850 - (56) 23 794 32 732 (8 938) 137.6% 11 259 11 259

5. EMIS 15 364 - (1 927) 13 437 13 437 - 100.0% 15 597 15 597

Total for sub programmes 609 666 - (175) 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 102.6% 550 970 550 970

Economic classification Current payments 578 823 - 84 578 907 584 365 (5 458) 100.9% 528 271 528 271

Compensation of employees 425 559 - 12 848 438 407 443 865 (5 458) 101.2% 410 033 410 033 Salaries and wages 370 369 (2 979) 12 780 380 170 384 175 (4 005) 101.1% 354 476 354 476 Social contributions 55 190 2 979 68 58 237 59 690 (1 453) 102.5% 55 557 55 557

Goods and services 153 264 (19) (12 764) 140 481 140 481 - 100.0% 118 220 118 220 Administrative fees 440 (52) - 388 388 - 100.0% 309 309 Advertising 1 156 (359) - 797 797 - 100.0% 960 960 Minor assets 3 023 (2 657) - 366 366 - 100.0% 27 27 Audit costs: External 10 410 531 - 10 941 10 941 - 100.0% 11 497 11 497 Bursaries: Employees 2 250 (869) (817) 564 564 - 100.0% 1 452 1 452 Catering: Departmental activities 6 152 (1 270) (26) 4 856 4 856 - 100.0% 3 107 3 107




- 153 -

Programme 1: ADMINISTRATION 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Communication 9 902 (2 848) 72 7 126 7 126 - 100.0% 5 169 5 169 Computer services 14 270 (1 115) (7 314) 5 841 5 841 - 100.0% 657 657 Consultants: Business and advisory services - 21 - 21 21 - 100.0% - -

Legal services 2 500 1 002 - 3 502 3 502 - 100.0% 3 121 3 121 Contractors 1 730 (1 552) - 178 178 - 100.0% 49 49 Agency and support / outsourced services 16 783 3 597 5 160 25 540 25 540 - 100.0% 25 804 25 804

Entertainment 215 (127) - 88 88 - 100.0% 69 69 Fleet services 4 030 (1 569) - 2 461 2 461 - 100.0% 2 384 2 384 Inventory: Learner and teacher support material 1 170 757 - 1 927 1 927 - 100.0% 1 230 1 230

Inventory: Medical supplies 20 (20) - - - - - - - Consumable supplies 2 490 (766) (34) 1 690 1 690 - 100.0% 1 391 1 391 Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies 4 612 (59) 197 4 750 4 750 - 100.0% 2 082 2 082

Operating leases 1 461 4 838 - 6 299 6 299 - 100.0% 6 642 6 642 Property payments 21 505 (603) (372) 20 530 20 530 - 100.0% 20 799 20 799 Transport provided: Departmental activity 2 090 1 227 - 3 317 3 317 - 100.0% 2 454 2 454

Travel and subsistence 35 783 (846) (8 121) 26 816 26 816 - 100.0% 23 333 23 333 Training and development 6 070 (763) - 5 307 5 307 - 100.0% 530 530 Operating payments 1 959 4 062 - 6 021 6 021 - 100.0% 4 272 4 272 Venues and facilities 2 979 (387) (1 509) 1 083 1 083 - 100.0% 849 849 Rental and hiring 264 (192) - 72 72 - 100.0% 33 33




- 154 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Interest and rent on land - 19 - 19 19 - 100.0% 18 18

Interest - 19 - 19 19 - 100.0% 18 18 Transfers and subsidies 203 - - 203 10 579 (10 376) 5 211.3% 6 213 6 213 Provinces and municipalities 3 - - 3 - 3 - - -

Provinces 3 - - 3 - 3 - - - Provincial agencies and funds 3 - - 3 - 3 - - -

Departmental agencies and accounts - - - - 4 (4) - 1 1

Departmental agencies - - - - 4 (4) - 1 1 Non-profit institutions - - - - - - - 2 240 2 240 Households 200 - - 200 10 575 (10 375) 5 287.5% 3 972 3 972

Social benefits - - - - 1 837 (1 837) - 3 215 3 215 Other transfers to households 200 - - 200 8 738 (8 538) 4 369.0% 757 757

Payments for capital assets 30 640 - (259) 30 381 30 381 - 100.0% 16 486 16 486 Machinery and equipment 23 640 (3 216) (259) 20 165 20 165 - 100.0% 16 486 16 486

Transport equipment 15 600 (3 619) 1 052 13 033 13 033 - 100.0% 12 196 12 196 Other machinery and equipment 8 040 403 (1 311) 7 132 7 132 - 100.0% 4 290 4 290

Software and other intangible assets 7 000 3 216 - 10 216 10 216 - 100.0% - -




- 155 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Payment for financial assets - - - - - - - - - Total 609 666 - (175) 609 491 625 325 (15 834) 102.6% 550 970 550 970

1.1 OFFICE OF THE MEC 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 9 566 - (157) 9 409 9 409 - 100.0% 7 610 7 610

Compensation of employees 6 716 - 234 6 950 6 950 - 100.0% 5 912 5 912 Goods and services 2 850 - (391) 2 459 2 459 - 100.0% 1 698 1 698

Transfers and subsidies 200 - - 200 204 (4) 102.0% 89 89

Households 200 - - 200 204 (4) 102.0% 89 89 Payments for capital assets - - 1 295 1 295 1 295 - 100.0% 97 97

Machinery and equipment - - 1 295 1 295 1 295 - 100.0% 97 97 Total 9 766 - 1 138 10 904 10 908 (4) 100.0% 7 796 7 796




- 156 -

1.2 CORPORATE SERVICES 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 301 099 - (4 809) 296 290 296 290 - 100.0% 282 443 282 443

Compensation of employees 221 405 - (1 293) 220 112 220 112 - 100.0% 220 389 220 389 Goods and services 79 694 (19) (3 516) 76 159 76 159 - 100.0% 62 036 62 036 Interest and rent on land - 19 - 19 19 - 100.0% 18 18

Transfers and subsidies 3 - - 3 747 (744) 24 900.0% 1 357 1 357

Provinces and municipalities 3 - - 3 - 3 - - - Departmental agencies and accounts - - - - 4 (4) - - -

Households - - - - 743 (743) - 1 357 1 357 Payments for capital assets 28 633 - (195) 28 438 28 438 - 100.0% 15 927 15 927

Machinery and equipment 21 633 (3 216) (195) 18 222 18 222 - 100.0% 15 927 15 927 Software and other intangible assets 7 000 3 216 - 10 216 10 216 - 100.0% -

Total 329 735 - (5 004) 324 731 325 475 (744) 100.2% 299 727 299 727




- 157 -

1.3 EDUCATION MANAGEMENT 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 229 179 - 6 890 236 069 241 089 (5 020) 102.1% 212 091 212 091

Compensation of employees 179 939 - 12 763 192 702 197 722 (5 020) 102.6% 171 154 171 154 Goods and services 49 240 - (5 873) 43 367 43 367 - 100.0% 40 937 40 937

Transfers and subsidies - - - - 1 128 (1 128) - 4 047 4 047

Departmental agencies and accounts - - - - - - - 1 1

Non-profit institutions - - - - - - - 2 240 2 240 Households - - - - 1 128 (1 128) - 1 806 1 806

Payments for capital assets 1 772 - (1 216) 556 556 - 100.0% 453 453

Machinery and equipment 1 772 - (1 216) 556 556 - 100.0% 453 453 Total 230 951 - 5 674 236 625 242 773 (6 148) 102.6% 216 591 216 591




- 158 -

1.4 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 23 702 - - 23 702 24 140 (438) 101.8% 10 533 10 533

Compensation of employees 13 059 - 817 13 876 14 314 (438) 103.2% 7 732 7 732 Goods and services 10 643 - (817) 9 826 9 826 - 100.0% 2 801 2 801

Transfers and subsidies - - - - 8 500 (8 500) - 720 720

Households - - - - 8 500 (8 500) - 720 720 Payments for capital assets 148 - (56) 92 92 - 100.0% 6 6

Machinery and equipment 148 - (56) 92 92 - 100.0% 6 6 Total 23 850 - (56) 23 794 32 732 (8 938) 137.6% 11 259 11 259

1.5 EMIS

2016/17 2015/16 Adjusted

Appropriation

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure


Compensation of employees 4 440 - 327 4 767 4 767 - 100.0% 4 846 4 846 Goods and services 10 837 - (2 167) 8 670 8 670 - 100.0% 10 748 10 748

Payments for capital assets 87 - (87) - - - - 3 3 Machinery and equipment 87 - (87) - - - - 3 3

Total 15 364 - (1 927) 13 437 13 437 - 100.0% 15 597 15 597




- 159 -

Programme 2: PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOL EDUCATION 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Public Primary Level 2 241 673 - 167 664 2 409 337 2 442 893 (33 556) 101.4% 2 121 615 2 121 615

2. Public Secondary Level 1 520 892 - (158 062) 1 362 830 1 362 830 - 100.0% 1 446 754 1 443 254

3. Human Resource Development 30 941 - (2 520) 28 421 28 955 (534) 101.9% 18 358 18 358

4. School Sport, Culture And Media Services

17 222 - (1 371) 15 851 15 851 - 100.0% 7 218 7 218

5. Conditional Grants 175 444 - - 175 444 175 542 (98) 100.1% 165 682 165 678

Total for sub programmes 3 986 172 - 5 711 3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 100.9% 3 759 627 3 756 123

Economic classification Current payments 3 610 283 - 5 790 3 616 073 3 647 420 (31 347) 100.9% 3 371 570 3 368 070

Compensation of employees 3 477 129 - 74 430 3 551 559 3 584 065 (32 506) 100.9% 3 270 053 3 266 553 Salaries and wages 3 017 401 - 68 127 3 085 528 3 105 271 (19 743) 100.6% 2 825 325 2 821 825 Social contributions 459 728 - 6 303 466 031 478 794 (12 763) 102.7% 444 728 444 728

Goods and services 131 872 (123) (67 358) 64 391 63 232 1 159 98.2% 101 077 101 077 Administrative fees - 300 - 300 300 - 100.0% - - Advertising 347 (12) (313) 22 22 - 100.0% 348 348 Minor assets 869 (857) - 12 12 - 100.0% 9 9 Bursaries: Employees 1 500 - (901) 599 599 - 100.0% - - Catering: Departmental activities 1 568 768 (683) 1 653 1 557 96 94.2% 2 056 2 056

Communication 424 (287) - 137 137 - 100.0% 463 463




- 160 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Computer services 2 695 (2 695) - - - - - 4 4 Legal services - 10 - 10 10 - 100.0% - - Contractors 157 (149) - 8 8 - 100.0% 149 149 Agency and support / outsourced services 44 6 487 - 6 531 6 531 - 100.0% 560 560

Fleet services - 505 - 505 505 - 100.0% 439 439 Inventory: Fuel, oil and gas 305 (305) - - - - - - - Inventory: Learner and teacher support material 56 289 (7 106) (36 415) 12 768 12 768 - 100.0% 37 579 37 579

Inventory: Materials and supplies - - - - - - - 21 000 21 000

Inventory: Other supplies 37 926 (1 099) (15 147) 21 680 21 680 - 100.0% 8 571 8 571 Consumable supplies 1 839 (913) (50) 876 876 - 100.0% 656 656 Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies 183 352 - 535 535 - 100.0% 347 347

Operating leases 19 1 033 (18) 1 034 1 034 - 100.0% 1 113 1 113 Property payments 12 155 (2 205) (6 564) 3 386 3 386 - 100.0% 15 845 15 845 Transport provided: Departmental activity 1 000 713 (963) 750 750 - 100.0% 685 685

Travel and subsistence 11 424 3 046 (3 963) 10 507 9 483 1 024 90.3% 7 562 7 562 Training and development 2 711 906 (2 341) 1 276 1 276 - 100.0% 2 408 2 408 Operating payments 177 869 - 1 046 1 041 5 99.5% 509 509 Venues and facilities 240 516 - 756 722 34 95.5% 762 762 Rental and hiring - - - - - - - 12 12

Interest and rent on land 1 282 123 (1 282) 123 123 - 100.0% 440 440




- 161 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Interest - 123 - 123 123 - 100.0% 440 440 Rent on land 1 282 - (1 282) - - - - - -

Transfers and subsidies 372 603 - 3 372 606 377 234 (4 628) 101.2% 386 447 386 447

Non-profit institutions 329 237 139 - 329 376 332 420 (3 044) 100.9% 331 716 331 716 Households 43 366 (139) 3 43 230 44 814 (1 584) 103.7% 54 731 54 731

Social benefits 10 000 11 855 2 321 24 176 25 760 (1 584) 106.6% 24 409 24 409 Other transfers to households 33 366 (11 994) (2 318) 19 054 19 054 - 100.0% 30 322 30 322

Payments for capital assets 3 286 - (82) 3 204 1 417 1 787 44.2% 1 610 1 606

Machinery and equipment 3 286 - (82) 3 204 1 417 1 787 44.2% 1 610 1 606 Transport equipment - 966 - 966 966 - 100.0% 1 471 1 471 Other machinery and equipment 3 286 (966) (82) 2 238 451 1 787 20.2% 139 135

Payments for financial assets - - - - - - - - -

Total 3 986 172 - 5 711 3 991 883 4 026 071 (34 188) 100.9% 3 759 627 3 756 123




- 162 -

2.1 PUBLIC PRIMARY LEVEL 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds

Virement Final Appropriatio

n

Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 2 096 303 - 165 343 2 261 646 2 294 152 (32 506) 101.4% 1 963 806 1 963 806 Compensation of employees 2 028 803 - 206 048 2 234 851 2 267 357 (32 506) 101.5% 1 918 920 1 918 920 Goods and services 66 218 (117) (39 423) 26 678 26 678 - 100.0% 44 466 44 466 Interest and rent on land 1 282 117 (1 282) 117 117 - 100.0% 420 420

Transfers and subsidies 145 370 - 2 321 147 691 148 741 (1 050) 100.7% 157 807 157 807

Non-profit institutions 126 294 (1 634) - 124 660 124 660 - 100.0% 132 725 132 725 Households 19 076 1 634 2 321 23 031 24 081 (1 050) 104.6% 25 082 25 082

Payments for capital assets - - - - - - - 2 2

Machinery and equipment - - - - - - - 2 2

Payments for financial assets - - - - - - - - - 2 241 673 - 167 664 2 409 337 2 442 893 (33 556) 101.4% 2 121 615 2 121 615




- 163 -

2.2 PUBLIC SECONDARY LEVEL 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 1 441 740 - (155 744) 1 285 996 1 285 996 - 100.0% 1 359 322 1 355 822

Compensation of employees 1 411 528 - (133 736) 1 277 792 1 277 792 - 100.0% 1 327 842 1 324 342 Goods and services 30 212 (6) (22 008) 8 198 8 198 - 100.0% 31 460 31 460 Interest and rent on land - 6 - 6 6 - 100.0% 20 20

Transfers and subsidies 79 152 - (2 318) 76 834 76 834 - 100.0% 87 432 87 432

Non-profit institutions 54 862 1 773 - 56 635 56 635 - 100.0% 57 783 57 783 Households 24 290 (1 773) (2 318) 20 199 20 199 - 100.0% 29 649 29 649

Total 1 520 892 - (158 062) 1 362 830 1 362 830 - 100.0% 1 446 754 1 443 254



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure


Compensation of employees 21 124 - 3 257 24 381 24 381 - 100.0% 14 804 14 804 Goods and services 9 509 - (5 840) 3 669 3 669 - 100.0% 3 537 3 537

Transfers and subsidies - - - - 534 (534) - - -

Households - - - - 534 (534) - - - Payments for capital assets 308 - 63 371 371 - 100.0% 17 17




- 164 -

Machinery and equipment 308 - 63 371 371 - 100.0% 17 17 Total 30 941 - (2 520) 28 421 28 955 (534) 101.9% 18 358 18 358

2.4 SCHOOL SPORT, CULTURE AND MEDIA SERVICES 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure


Compensation of employees 15 674 - (1 139) 14 535 14 535 - 100.0% 6 728 6 728 Goods and services 1 390 - (87) 1 303 1 303 - 100.0% 486 486

Payments for capital assets 158 - (145) 13 13 - 100.0% 4 4

Machinery and equipment 158 - (145) 13 13 - 100.0% 4 4 Total 17 222 - (1 371) 15 851 15 851 - 100.0% 7 218 7 218




- 165 -

2.5 CONDITIONAL GRANTS 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 24 543 - - 24 543 23 384 1 159 95.3% 22 887 22 887

Compensation of employees - - - - - - - 1 759 1 759 Goods and services 24 543 - - 24 543 23 384 1 159 95.3% 21 128 21 128


Non-profit institutions 148 081 148 081 151 125 (3 044) 102.1% 141 208 141 208 Payments for capital assets 2 820 - - 2 820 1 033 1 787 36.6% 1 587 1 583

Machinery and equipment 2 820 - - 2 820 1 033 1 787 36.6% 1 587 1 583 Total 175 444 - - 175 444 175 542 (98) 100.1% 165 682 165 678




- 166 -

Programme 3: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL SUBSIDY 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Independent primary level 470 1 236 - 1 706 1 706 - 100.0% 514 514

2. Independent secondary level 8 255 (1 236) (3) 7 016 7 016 - 100.0% 7 373 7 373

Total for sub programmes 8 725 - (3) 8 722 8 722 - 100.0% 7 887 7 887

Transfers and subsidies 8 725 - (3) 8 722 8 722 - 100.0% 7 887 7 887 Non-profit institutions 8 725 - (3) 8 722 8 722 - 100.0% 7 887 7 887 Total 8 725 - (3) 8 722 8 722 - 100.0% 7 887 7 887




- 167 -

3.1 INDEPENDENT PRIMARY LEVEL 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Transfers and subsidies 470 1 236 - 1 706 1 706 - 100.0% 514 514

Non-profit institutions 470 1 236 - 1 706 1 706 - 100.0% 514 514 Total 470 1 236 - 1 706 1 706 - 100.0% 514 514

3.2 INDEPENDENT SECONDARY LEVEL 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Transfers and subsidies 8 255 (1 236) (3) 7 016 7 016 - 100.0% 7 373 7 373

Non-profit institutions 8 255 (1 236) (3) 7 016 7 016 - 100.0% 7 373 7 373 Total 8 255 (1 236) (3) 7 016 7 016 - 100.0% 7 373 7 373




- 168 -

Programme 4: PUBLIC SPECIAL SCHOOL EDUCATION 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Schools 115 773 - 402 116 175 132 276 (16 101) 113.9% 112 557 112 557

2. Human Resource Development 478 - (423) 55 55 - 100.0% 13 13

3. School Sport, Culture And Media Services

- - - - - - - 62 62

Total for sub programmes 116 251 - (21) 116 230 132 331 (16 101) 113.9% 112 632 112 632

Economic classification Current payments 102 335 - - 102 335 117 114 (14 779) 114.4% 100 209 100 209

Compensation of employees 100 660 - 1 087 101 747 116 526 (14 779) 114.5% 99 658 99 658 Salaries and wages 87 574 - 664 88 238 99 713 (11 475) 113.0% 85 094 85 094 Social contributions 13 086 - 423 13 509 16 813 (3 304) 124.5% 14 564 14 564

Goods and services 1 675 - (1 087) 588 588 - 100.0% 551 551 Administrative fees - 2 - 2 2 - 100.0% - - Advertising - 186 - 186 186 - 100.0% - - Minor assets 400 - (400) - - - - - - Catering: Departmental activities 60 (60) - - - - - 6 6

Inventory: Medical supplies 180 (180) - - - - - - - Inventory: Other supplies - 37 - 37 37 - 100.0% 116 116 Consumable supplies 15 (2) - 13 13 - 100.0% 54 54 Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies 2 1 - 3 3 - 100.0% 27 27




- 169 -

Programme 4: PUBLIC SPECIAL SCHOOL EDUCATION 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Travel and subsistence 534 (22) (264) 248 248 - 100.0% 329 329 Training and development 478 (2) (423) 53 53 - 100.0% - - Operating payments - 27 - 27 27 - 100.0% 19 19 Venues and facilities 6 13 - 19 19 - 100.0% - -

Transfers and subsidies 13 895 - - 13 895 15 217 (1 322) 109.5% 12 423 12 423 Non-profit institutions 10 480 (638) - 9 842 9 842 - 100.0% 8 824 8 824 Households 3 415 638 - 4 053 5 375 (1 322) 132.6% 3 599 3 599

Social benefits - 638 - 638 1 617 (979) 253.4% 274 274 Other transfers to households 3 415 - - 3 415 3 758 (343) 110.0% 3 325 3 325

Payments for capital assets 21 - (21) - - - - - - Machinery and equipment 21 - (21) - - - - - -

Other machinery and equipment 21 - (21) - - - - - -

Payments for financial assets - - - - - - - - -

Total 116 251 - (21) 116 230 132 331 (16 101) 113.9% 112 632 112 632




- 170 -

4.1 SCHOOLS 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 101 857 - 423 102 280 117 059 (14 779) 114.4% 100 173 100 173

Compensation of employees 100 660 - 1 087 101 747 116 526 (14 779) 114.5% 99 661 99 661 Goods and services 1 197 - (664) 533 533 - 100.0% 512 512


Non-profit institutions 10 480 (638) - 9 842 9 842 - 100.0% 8 824 8 824 Households 3 415 638 - 4 053 5 375 (1 322) 132.6% 3 560 3 560

Payments for capital assets 21 - (21) - - - - - - Machinery and equipment 21 - (21) - - - - - -

Total 115 773 - 402 116 175 132 276 (16 101) 113.9% 112 557 112 557



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 478 - (423) 55 55 - 100.0% 13 13

Compensation of employees - - - - - - - (3) (3) Goods and services 478 - (423) 55 55 - 100.0% 16 16

Total 478 - (423) 55 55 - 100.0% 13 13




- 171 -

4.3 SCHOOL, SPORT, CULTURE AND MEDIA SERVICES 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments - - - - - - - 23 23

Goods and services - - - - - - - 23 23 Transfers and subsidies - - - - - - - 39 39

Households - - - - - - - 39 39 Total - - - - - - - 62 62




- 172 -

Programme 5: EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Grade R In Public Schools 85 442 - (7 536) 77 906 75 988 1 918 97.5% 78 288 77 676

2. Grade R In Early Childhood Development Centres

6 132 - - 6 132 5 908 224 96.3% 2 527 2 527

3. Pre-Grade R Training 2 430 - - 2 430 1 649 781 67.9% 2 749 2 749

4. Human Resource Development

200 - - 200 128 72 64.0% 403 403

Total for sub programmes 94 204 - (7 536) 86 668 83 673 2 995 96.5% 83 967 83 355

Economic classification Current payments 80 713 - (7 638) 73 075 70 593 2 482 96.6% 71 169 70 557

Compensation of employees 71 689 - (5 482) 66 207 66 207 - 100.0% 63 465 63 465 Salaries and wages 62 283 1 371 23 63 677 63 677 - 100.0% 60 714 60 714 Social contributions 9 406 (1 371) (5 505) 2 530 2 530 - 100.0% 2 751 2 751

Goods and services 9 024 - (2 156) 6 868 4 386 2 482 63.9% 7 704 7 092 Advertising 50 63 - 113 113 - 100.0% 35 35 Catering: Departmental activities 458 (251) - 207 207 - 100.0% 318 318

Agency and support / outsourced services 882 (33) - 849 698 151 82.2% 866 866

Inventory: Learner and teacher support material 1 253 27 - 1 280 1 056 224 82.5% 961 961

Inventory: Other supplies - - - - - - - 845 845




- 173 -

Programme 5: EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Consumable supplies 50 (40) - 10 10 - 100.0% - - Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies 69 26 - 95 95 - 100.0% 36 36

Transport provided: Departmental activity 1 211 - 212 212 - 100.0% 237 237

Travel and subsistence 2 865 (23) (1 911) 931 931 - 100.0% 1 568 1 568 Training and development 3 358 (38) (245) 3 075 968 2 107 31.5% 2 696 2 084 Operating payments - 91 - 91 91 - 100.0% 116 116 Venues and facilities 38 (34) - 4 4 - 100.0% 26 26 Rental and hiring - 1 - 1 1 - 100.0% - -

Transfers and subsidies 13 391 - - 13 391 12 878 513 96.2% 12 793 12 793 Non-profit institutions 13 391 (41) - 13 350 12 837 513 96.2% 12 452 12 452 Households - 41 - 41 41 - 100.0% 341 341

Social benefits - 41 - 41 41 - 100.0% 341 341 Payments for capital assets 100 - 102 202 202 - 100.0% 5 5 Machinery and equipment 100 - 102 202 202 - 100.0% 5 5 Other machinery and equipment 100 - 102 202 202 - 100.0% 5 5

Payment for financial assets - - - - - - - - - Total 94 204 - (7 536) 86 668 83 673 2 995 96.5% 83 967 83 355




- 174 -

5.1 GRADE R IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 71 951 - (7 638) 64 313 62 908 1 405 97.8% 65 495 64 883

Compensation of employees 65 857 - (5 505) 60 352 60 352 - 100.0% 61 594 61 594 Goods and services 6 094 - (2 133) 3 961 2 556 1 405 64.5% 3 901 3 289

Transfers and subsidies 13 391 - - 13 391 12 878 513 96.2% 12 793 12 793

Non-profit institutions 13 391 (41) - 13 350 12 837 513 96.2% 12 452 12 452 Households - 41 - 41 41 - 100.0% 341 341

Payments for capital assets 100 - 102 202 202 - 100.0% - - Machinery and equipment 100 - 102 202 202 - 100.0% - -

Total 85 442 - (7 536) 77 906 75 988 1 918 97.5% 78 288 77 676

5.2 GRADE R IN EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT CENTRES 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 6 132 - - 6 132 5 908 224 96.3% 2 527 2 527

Compensation of employees 5 832 - 23 5 855 5 855 - 100.0% 1 871 1 871 Goods and services 300 - (23) 277 53 224 19.1% 656 656

Total 6 132 - - 6 132 5 908 224 96.3% 2 527 2 527




- 175 -

5.3 PRE-GRADE R TRAINING 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 2 430 - - 2 430 1 649 781 67.9% 2 744 2 744

Goods and services 2 430 - - 2 430 1 649 781 67.9% 2 744 2 744 Payments for capital assets - - - - - - - 5 5

Machinery and equipment - - - - - - - 5 5 Total 2 430 - - 2 430 1 649 781 67.9% 2 749 2 749



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 200 - - 200 128 72 64.0% 403 403

Goods and services 200 - - 200 128 72 64.0% 403 403 Total 200 - - 200 128 72 64.0% 403 403




- 176 -

Programme 6: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Administration 31 672 (481) (2 208) 28 983 28 983 - 100.0% 29 437 29 437

2. Public Ordinary Schools 428 149 481 21 050 449 680 452 420 (2 740) 100.6% 411 773 399 283

3. Special Schools 16 000 - (10 805) 5 195 5 195 - 100.0% - -

4. Early Childhood Development 21 488 - (8 037) 13 451 13 451 - 100.0% 14 722 14 722

Total for sub programmes 497 309 - - 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 100.6% 455 932 443 442

Economic classification Current payments 101 663 - (1 927) 99 736 103 221 (3 485) 103.5% 108 933 108 933

Compensation of employees 22 512 - (9 987) 12 525 12 525 - 100.0% 13 173 13 173 Salaries and wages 21 200 - (9 514) 11 686 11 686 - 100.0% 12 423 12 423 Social contributions 1 312 - (473) 839 839 - 100.0% 750 750

Goods and services 79 151 - 8 060 87 211 90 696 (3 485) 104.0% 95 759 95 759 Advertising 4 463 - 467 467 - 100.0% 149 149 Minor assets - 8 - 8 8 - 100.0% 54 54 Bursaries: Employees 50 (50) - - - - - - - Catering: Departmental activities 34 (34) - - - - - 5 5

Communication 53 (53) - - - - - - - Computer services - - - - - - - 14 14 Consultants: Business and advisory services 20 000 (5 545) (1 015) 13 440 16 925 (3 485) 125.9% 10 945 10 945




- 177 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Contractors 307 6 874 - 7 181 7 181 - 100.0% 780 780 Agency and support / outsourced services - - 2 061 2 061 2 061 - 100.0% 410 410

Fleet services - 28 - 28 28 - 100.0% 36 36 Inventory: Other supplies 273 6 976 7 330 14 579 14 579 - 100.0% 36 038 36 038 Consumable supplies 97 (71) - 26 26 - 100.0% 1 045 1 045 Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies - 210 - 210 210 - 100.0% 3 3

Operating leases 5 110 339 966 6 415 6 415 - 100.0% 6 350 6 350 Property payments 52 882 (10 000) (1 328) 41 554 41 554 - 100.0% 39 491 39 491 Travel and subsistence - 527 47 574 574 - 100.0% 323 323 Training and development 341 (339) (1) 1 1 - 100.0% 37 37 Operating payments - - - - - - - 74 74 Rental and hiring - 667 - 667 667 - 100.0% 5 5

Interest and rent on land - - - - - - - 1 1 Interest - - - - - - - 1 1

Transfers and subsidies - - - - 254 (254) - - - Households - - - - 254 (254) - - -

Other transfers to households - - - - 254 (254) - - - Payments for capital assets 395 646 - 1 927 397 573 396 574 999 99.7% 346 999 334 509 Buildings and other fixed structures 395 646 (5 511) (18 154) 371 981 374 467 (2 486) 100.7% 306 166 293 676




- 178 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Other fixed structures 395 646 (5 511) (18 154) 371 981 374 467 (2 486) 100.7% 306 166 293 676

Machinery and equipment - 5 511 20 081 25 592 22 107 3 485 86.4% 40 833 40 833 Transport equipment - 5 503 20 081 25 584 22 099 3 485 86.4% 40 252 40 252 Other machinery and equipment - 8 - 8 8 - 100.0% 581 581

Payment for financial assets - - - - - - - - -

Total 497 309 - - 497 309 500 049 (2 740) 100.6% 455 932 443 442




- 179 -

6.1 ADMINISTRATION 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure


Compensation of employees 22 512 - (9 987) 12 525 12 525 - 100.0% 13 173 13 173 Goods and services 7 110 - 7 779 14 889 14 889 - 100.0% 10 293 10 293 Interest and rent on land - - - - - - - 1 1

Payments for capital assets 2 050 (481) - 1 569 1 569 - 100.0% 5 970 5 970

Buildings and other fixed structures 2 050 (877) - 1 173 1 173 - 100.0% 4 545 4 545

Machinery and equipment - 396 - 396 396 - 100.0% 1 425 1 425 Total 31 672 (481) (2 208) 28 983 28 983 - 100.0% 29 437 29 437

6.2 PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOLS 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 72 041 - (7 953) 64 088 67 573 (3 485) 105.4% 75 765 75 765

Goods and services 72 041 - (7 953) 64 088 67 573 (3 485) 105.4% 75 765 75 765 Transfers and subsidies - - - - 254 (254) - - -

Households - - - - 254 (254) - - -




- 180 -

6.2 PUBLIC ORDINARY SCHOOLS 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Payments for capital assets 356 108 481 29 003 385 592 384 593 999 99.7% 336 008 323 518

Buildings and other fixed structures 356 108 (4 634) 8 922 360 396 362 882 (2 486) 100.7% 296 600 284 110

Machinery and equipment - 5 115 20 081 25 196 21 711 3 485 86.2% 39 408 39 408 428 149 481 21 050 449 680 452 420 (2 740) 100.6% 411 773 399 283

6.3 SPECIAL SCHOOLS 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments - - 904 904 904 - 100.0% - -

Goods and services - - 904 904 904 - 100.0% - - Payments for capital assets 16 000 - (11 709) 4 291 4 291 - 100.0% - -

Buildings and other fixed structures 16 000 - (11 709) 4 291 4 291 - 100.0% - -

Total 16 000 - (10 805) 5 195 5 195 - 100.0% - -




- 181 -

6.4 EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments - - 7 330 7 330 7 330 - 100.0% 9 701 9 701

Goods and services - - 7 330 7 330 7 330 - 100.0% 9 701 9 701 Payments for capital assets 21 488 - (15 367) 6 121 6 121 - 100.0% 5 021 5 021

Buildings and other fixed structures 21 488 - (15 367) 6 121 6 121 - 100.0% 5 021 5 021

Total 21 488 - (8 037) 13 451 13 451 - 100.0% 14 722 14 722




- 182 -

Programme 7: EXAMINATION AND EDUCATION RELATED SERVICES 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000

Sub programme

1. Payment Seta 6 064 - - 6 064 6 064 - 100.0% 5 313 5 313

2. Professional Services 20 019 - (87) 19 932 20 091 (159) 100.8% 21 734 21 722

3. Special Projects 26 673 - 5 269 31 942 35 371 (3 429) 110.7% 58 551 58 513

4. External Examinations 72 321 - (3 158) 69 163 64 075 5 088 92.6% 61 892 52 889

5. Conditional Grants 10 206 - - 10 206 10 046 160 98.4% 8 360 8 271

Total for sub programmes 135 283 - 2 024 137 307 135 647 1 660 98.8% 155 850 146 708

Economic classification Current payments 105 212 - 2 024 107 236 111 480 (4 244) 104.0% 115 876 116 819

Compensation of employees 68 528 - (3 083) 65 445 66 046 (601) 100.9% 58 234 58 486 Salaries and wages 59 891 (273) (2 502) 57 116 57 236 (120) 100.2% 50 737 50 989 Social contributions 8 637 273 (581) 8 329 8 810 (481) 105.8% 7 497 7 497

Goods and services 36 684 - 5 107 41 791 45 432 (3 641) 108.7% 57 597 58 288 Administrative fees - 167 - 167 167 - 100.0% - - Advertising 100 (73) - 27 27 - 100.0% 50 50 Minor assets 23 98 - 121 119 2 98.0% 165 165 Bursaries: Employees - - - - - - - 68 68 Catering: Departmental activities 3 979 (1 103) (162) 2 714 2 581 133 95.1% 2 844 2 844

Communication 140 (108) - 32 32 - 100.0% 81 81 Computer services 1 (1) - - - - - 8 351 8 351




- 183 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Contractors 205 (24) - 181 181 - 99.8% 488 488 Agency and support / outsourced services 10 990 544 5 269 16 803 20 199 (3 396) 120.2% 19 947 19 947

Fleet services - 47 - 47 47 - 100.0% 100 100 Inventory: Learner and teacher support material 150 298 - 448 454 (6) 101.3% 105 105

Consumable supplies 889 (233) - 656 664 (8) 101.2% 317 317 Consumable: Stationery, printing and office supplies 10 257 (3 113) - 7 144 7 144 - 100.0% 11 147 11 147

Operating leases - 4 450 - 4 450 4 450 - 100.0% 4 347 4 347 Property payments 4 070 (1 452) - 2 618 2 618 - 100.0% 912 912 Transport provided: Departmental activity 491 - - 491 320 171 65.2% 427 427

Travel and subsistence 4 416 483 - 4 899 5 169 (270) 105.5% 6 626 6 626 Training and development 642 58 - 700 700 - 100.0% 879 1 138 Operating payments - - - - 339 (339) - 483 483 Venues and facilities 329 (38) - 291 221 70 75.9% 260 692

Interest and rent on land - - - - 2 (2) - 45 45 Interest - - - - 2 (2) - 45 45

Transfers and subsidies 20 514 - - 20 514 20 718 (204) 101.0% 22 373 22 373 Departmental agencies and accounts 6 064 - - 6 064 6 072 (8) 100.1% 5 313 5 313

Departmental agencies 6 064 - - 6 064 6 072 (8) 100.1% 5 313 5 313 Non-profit institutions 11 450 (550) - 10 900 10 746 154 98.6% 13 218 13 218




- 184 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Households 3 000 550 - 3 550 3 900 (350) 109.9% 3 842 3 842

Social benefits - - - - 350 (350) - 641 641 Other transfers to households 3 000 550 - 3 550 3 550 - 100.0% 3 201 3 201

Payments for capital assets 9 557 - - 9 557 3 449 6 108 36.1% 17 601 7 516 Machinery and equipment 9 557 - - 9 557 3 449 6 108 36.1% 11 827 1 742

Transport equipment 300 3 012 - 3 312 3 162 150 95.5% 444 444 Other machinery and equipment 9 257 (3 012) - 6 245 287 5 958 4.6% 11 383 1 298

Intangible assets - - - - - - - 5 774 5 774

Payment for financial assets - - - - - - - - - Total 135 283 - 2 024 137 307 135 647 1 660 98.8% 155 850 146 708




- 185 -

7.1 PAYMENT SETA 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Transfers and subsidies 6 064 - - 6 064 6 064 - 100.0% 5 313 5 313

Provinces and municipalities 6 064 - - 6 064 6 064 - 100.0% 5 313 5 313 Departmental agencies and accounts 6 064 - - 6 064 6 064 - 100.0% 5 313 5 313

Total 6 064 - - 6 064 6 064 - 100.0% 5 313 5 313

7.2 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 19 874 - (172) 19 702 19 745 (43) 100.2% 21 717 21 717

Compensation of employees 19 202 - (172) 19 030 19 030 - 100.0% 21 441 21 441 Goods and services 672 - - 672 713 (41) 106.1% 231 231 Interest and rent on land - - - - 2 (2) - 45 45

Transfers and subsidies - - - - 124 (124) - - - Departmental agencies and

accounts - - - - 8 (8) - - -

Households - - - - 116 (116) - - -




- 186 -

7.2 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 2016/2017 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Payments for capital assets 145 - 85 230 222 8 96.5% 17 5

Machinery and equipment 145 - 85 230 222 8 96.5% 17 5 Total 20 019 - (87) 19 932 20 091 (159) 100.8% 21 734 21 722

7.3 SPECIAL PROJECTS

2016/17 2015/16 Adjusted

Appropriation

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 12 148 - 5 269 17 417 22 642 (5 225) 130.0% 35 424 35 424

Compensation of employees 8 729 - - 8 729 9 330 (601) 106.9% 9 511 9 511 Goods and services 3 419 - 5 269 8 688 13 312 (4 624) 153.2% 25 913 25 913

Transfers and subsidies 14 525 - - 14 525 12 729 1 796 87.6% 16 208 16 208

Non-profit institutions 11 525 (550) 10 975 9 179 1 796 83.6% 12 786 12 786 Households 3 000 550 - 3 550 3 550 - 100.0% 3 422 3 422

Payments for capital assets - - - - - - - 6 919 6 881

Machinery and equipment - - - - - - - 1 145 1 107 Software and other Intangible assets - - - - - - - 5 774 5 774

Total 26 673 - 5 269 31 942 35 371 (3 429) 110.7% 58 551 58 513




- 187 -

7.4 EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS 2016/17 2015/16


on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 63 309 - (3 073) 60 236 60 816 (580) 101.0% 52 099 52 351

Compensation of employees 38 737 - (3 073) 35 664 35 664 - 100.0% 25 539 25 791 Goods and services 24 572 - - 24 572 25 152 (580) 102.4% 26 560 26 560

Transfers and subsidies - - - - 234 (234) - 420 420

Households - - - - 234 (234) - 420 420 Payments for capital assets 9 012 - (85) 8 927 3 025 5 902 33.9% 9 373 118

Machinery and equipment 9 012 - (85) 8 927 3 025 5 902 33.9% 9 373 118 Total 72 321 - (3 158) 69 163 64 075 5 088 92.6% 61 892 52 889



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Current payments 9 881 - - 9 881 8 277 1 604 83.8% 6 636 7 327

Compensation of employees 1 860 - 162 2 022 2 022 - 100.0% 1 743 1 743 Goods and services 8 021 - (162) 7 859 6 255 1 604 79.6% 4 893 5 584




- 188 -



on

Shifting of Funds


Actual Expenditure


appropriation

Final Appropriation

Actual expenditure

Economic classification R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 R'000 Transfers and subsidies (75) - - (75) 1 567 (1 642) (2089.3%) 432 432

Non-profit institutions (75) (75) 1 567 (1 642) (2089.3%) 432 432 Payments for capital assets 400 - - 400 202 198 50.5% 1 292 512

Machinery and equipment 400 - - 400 202 198 50.5% 1 292 512 Total 10 206 - - 10 206 10 046 160 98.4% 8 360 8 271


NOTES TO THE APPROPRIATION STATEMENT for the year ended 31 March 2017

- 189 -

1. Detail of transfers and subsidies as per Appropriation Act (after Virement): Detail of these transactions can be viewed in the note on Transfers and subsidies, disclosure notes and Annexure 1 (A-D) to the Annual Financial Statements.

2. Detail of specifically and exclusively appropriated amounts voted (after Virement): Detail of these transactions can be viewed in note 1 (Annual Appropriation) to the Annual Financial Statements.

3. Detail on payments for financial assets Detail of these transactions per programme can be viewed in the note on Payments for financial assets to the Annual Financial Statements.

4. Explanations of material variances from Amounts Voted (after Virement):

4.1 Per programme Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure

Variance Variance as a % of Final

Appropriation R’000 R’000 R’000 Administration Current payments 578 907 584 365 (5 458) (0.9%) Transfers and Subsidies 203 10 579 (10 376) (5111.3%) Payments for Capital assets 30 381 30 381 - -

Current payments overspent mainly due to compensation of employees as a result of the filling of vacant post. Transfers and subsidies overspend due to a payment which came as a result of a claim against the state.

Public Ordinary Schools Education Current payments 3 616 073 3 647 420 (31 347) (0.9%) Transfers and Subsidies 372 606 377 234 (4 628) (1.2%) Payments for Capital assets 3 204 1 417 1 787 55.8%

Current payments overspend due to compensation of employees, which can be attributed to an increase in learner numbers during the 2016 school year. The over expenditure on Transfers and subsidies can be ascribed to a shortfall on transfers to schools due to a virement during adjustment for central procurement for stationery. Under expenditure on Payments for Capital assets relates to conditional grants.

Public Special Schools Current payments 102 335 117 114 (14 779) (14.4%) Transfers and Subsidies 13 895 15 217 (1 322) (9.5%) Payments for Capital assets - - - -

Current payments overspend due to additional appointments. Transfers and subsidies over expenditure mainly relates to the payment of leave gratuity.

Early Childhood Development Current payments 73 075 70 593 2 482 3.4%



- 190 -

Transfers and Subsidies 13 391 12 878 513 3.8% Payments for Capital assets 202 202 - - 4.1 Per programme Final


Expenditure Variance Variance as a

% of Final Appropriation

R’000 R’000 R’000

The under expenditure on current payment relates to a delay in the appointment of a service provider for the training of ECD practitioners. Transfers and subsidies recorded a saving.

Infrastructure Development Current payments 99 736 103 221 (3 485) (3.5%) Transfers and Subsidies - 254 (254) - Payments for Capital assets 397 573 396 574 999 0.3%

Expenditure on transfers and subsidies relates to an out of court settlement. The under expenditure on payments for capital assets came as a result of the nature of infrastructure projects.

Examination and Education Related Services

Current payments 107 236 111 480 (4 244) (4.0%) Transfers and Subsidies 20 514 20 718 (204) (1.0%) Payments for Capital assets 9 557 3 449 6 108 63.9%

The over expenditure mainly relates to goods and services due to outsourced services. Transfers and subsidies over expenditure can be ascribed to the payment of leave gratuity. The under expenditure on payments for capital assets can be attributed to the expiry of finance leases.

4.2 Per economic classification Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Appropriation R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Current payments Compensation of employees 4 235 890 4 289 234 (53 344) (1.3%) Goods and services 341 330 341 330 - - Interest and rent on land 142 144 (2) (1.4%) Transfers and subsidies Provinces and municipalities 3 - 3 - Departmental agencies and accounts 6 064 6 076 (12) (0.2%)

Non-profit institutions 372 190 374 567 (2 377) (0.6%) Households 51 074 64 959 (13 885) (27.2%)

Payments for capital assets Buildings and other fixed structures 371 981 374 467 (2 486) (0.7%) Machinery and equipment 58 720 50 825 7 895 13.4% Intangible assets 10 216 10 216 - -



- 191 -

Payments for financial assets - - - -

4.3 Per conditional grant Final Appropriation

Actual Expenditure


Appropriation R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Education Infrastructure Grant 486 538 486 989 (451) (0.1%) HIV&AIDS (Life Skills Edu) Grant 5 281 5 117 164 3.1% Maths, Science & Technology Grant 23 030 23 079 (49) (0.2%) Nat School \Nutrition Prog Grant 152 414 152 463 (49) (0.0%) EPWP Integrated Grant for Prov 2 000 1 998 2 0.1% SOC Sec EPWP Incen Grant for Prov 2 925 2 930 (5) (0.2%)

All grants recorded expenditure of 100 percent except for the HIV&AIDS Grant which shows under expenditure of R0.164 million which can be attributed to delays in procurement process.


STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE for the year ended 31 March 2017

- 192 -

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R'000 R'000 REVENUE Annual appropriation 1 5 447 610 5 126 865 Departmental revenue 2 - 2 592 TOTAL REVENUE 5 447 610 5 129 457 EXPENDITURE Current expenditure Compensation of employees 3 4 289 234 3 911 366 Goods and services 4 344 893 380 987 Interest and rent on land 5 145 503 Total current expenditure 4 634 272 4 292 856 Transfers and subsidies Transfers and subsidies 6 445 602 448 137 Total transfers and subsidies 445 602 448 137 Expenditure for capital assets Tangible assets 7 421 729 354 350 Intangible assets 7 10 215 5 774 Total expenditure for capital assets 431 944 360 124 Payments for financial assets - - TOTAL EXPENDITURE 5 511 818 5 101 117 SURPLUS/(DEFICIT) FOR THE YEAR (64 208) 28 340

Reconciliation of Net Surplus/(Deficit) for the year Voted funds (64 208) 25 748

Annual appropriation (63 819) 7 736 Conditional grants (389) 18 012

Departmental revenue and NRF Receipts 13 - 2 592 SURPLUS/(DEFICIT) FOR THE YEAR (64 208) 28 340


STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

as at 31 March 2017

- 193 -

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R'000 R'000 ASSETS Current assets

Unauthorised expenditure 8 123 628 54 765 Cash and cash equivalents 9 5 5 Prepayments and advances 10 927 1 052 Receivables 11 25 745 21 540

TOTAL ASSETS 150 305 77 362 LIABILITIES Current liabilities

Voted funds to be surrendered to the Revenue Fund 12 24 912 46 005 Departmental revenue and NRF Receipts to be surrendered to the Revenue Fund

13 2 477 2 671

Bank overdraft 14 118 109 22 301 Payables 15 4 176 6 075

TOTAL LIABILITIES 149 674 77 052 NET ASSETS 631 310

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R'000 R'000 Represented by:

Recoverable revenue 631 310 TOTAL 631 310


STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS


- 194 -

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R'000 R'000 Recoverable revenue Opening balance 310 256 Transfers:

Irrecoverable amounts written off - - Debts revised 321 54 Debts recovered (included in departmental receipts)

- -

Debts raised - - Closing balance 631 310

TOTAL 631 310


CASH FLOW STATEMENT


- 195 -

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R'000 R’000 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Receipts 5 456 217 5 138 055

Annual appropriated funds received 1.1 5 447 610 5 126 865 Departmental revenue received 2 7 688 10 268 Interest received 2.3 919 922

Net (increase)/decrease in working capital (74 842) (8 499) Surrendered to Revenue Fund (34 899) (15 806) Current payments (4 565 264) (4 292 353) Interest paid 5 (145) (503) Transfers and subsidies paid (445 602) (448 137) Net cash flow available from operating activities 16 335 465 372 757 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Payments for capital assets 7 (431 944) (360 124) Proceeds from sale of capital assets 2.4 350 201 Net cash flows from investing activities (431 594) (359 923) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Increase/(decrease) in net assets 321 54 Net cash flows from financing activities 321 54 Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (95 808) 12 888

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period (22 296) (35 184) Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 17 (118 104) (22 296)


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 196 -

Summary of significant accounting policies The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the following policies, which have been applied consistently in all material aspects, unless otherwise indicated. Management has concluded that the financial statements present fairly the department’s primary and secondary information. The historical cost convention has been used, except where otherwise indicated. Management has used assessments and estimates in preparing the annual financial statements. These are based on the best information available at the time of preparation. Where appropriate and meaningful, additional information has been disclosed to enhance the usefulness of the financial statements and to comply with the statutory requirements of the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA), Act 1 of 1999 (as amended by Act 29 of 1999), and the Treasury Regulations issued in terms of the PFMA and the annual Division of Revenue Act.

1 Basis of preparation The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Modified Cash Standard.

2 Going concern The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

3 Presentation currency Amounts have been presented in the currency of the South African Rand (R) which is also the functional currency of the department.

4 Rounding Unless otherwise stated financial figures have been rounded to the nearest one thousand Rand (R’000).

5 Foreign currency translation Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated into South African Rands using the spot exchange rates prevailing at the date of payment / receipt.

6 Comparative information

6.1 Prior period comparative information Prior period comparative information has been presented in the current year’s financial statements. Where necessary figures included in the prior period financial statements have been reclassified to ensure that the format in which the information is presented is consistent with the format of the current year’s financial statements.

6.2 Current year comparison with budget A comparison between the approved, final budget and actual amounts for each programme and economic classification is included in the appropriation statement.


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 197 -

7 Revenue

7.1 Appropriated funds Appropriated funds comprises of departmental allocations as well as direct charges against the revenue fund (i.e. statutory appropriation). Appropriated funds are recognised in the statement of financial performance on the date the appropriation becomes effective. Adjustments made in terms of the adjustments budget process are recognised in the statement of financial performance on the date the adjustments become effective. The net amount of any appropriated funds due to / from the relevant revenue fund at the reporting date is recognised as a payable / receivable in the statement of financial position.

7.2 Departmental revenue Departmental revenue is recognised in the statement of financial performance when received and is subsequently paid into the relevant revenue fund, unless stated otherwise. Any amount owing to the relevant revenue fund at the reporting date is recognised as a payable in the statement of financial position.

7.3 Accrued departmental revenue Accruals in respect of departmental revenue (excluding tax revenue) are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when: • it is probable that the economic benefits or service potential associated with the

transaction will flow to the department; and • the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. The accrued revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable. Accrued tax revenue (and related interest and / penalties) is measured at amounts receivable from collecting agents. Write-offs are made according to the department’s debt write-off policy

8 Expenditure

8.1 Compensation of employees

8.1.1 Salaries and wages Salaries and wages are recognised in the statement of financial performance on the date of payment.

8.1.2 Social contributions Social contributions made by the department in respect of current employees are recognised in the statement of financial performance on the date of payment. Social contributions made by the department in respect of ex-employees are classified as transfers to households in the statement of financial performance on the date of payment.

8.2 Other expenditure Other expenditure (such as goods and services, transfers and subsidies and payments for capital assets) is recognised in the statement of financial performance on the date of


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 198 -

payment. The expense is classified as a capital expense if the total consideration paid is more than the capitalisation threshold.

8.3 Accruals and payables not recognised Accruals and payables not recognised are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when the goods are received or, in the case of services, when they are rendered to the department or in the case of transfers and subsidies when they are due and payable. Accruals and payables not recognised are measured at cost.

8.4 Leases

8.4.1 Operating leases Operating lease payments made during the reporting period are recognised as current expenditure in the statement of financial performance on the date of payment. The operating lease commitments are recorded in the notes to the financial statements.

8.4.2 Finance leases Finance lease payments made during the reporting period are recognised as capital expenditure in the statement of financial performance on the date of payment. The finance lease commitments are recorded in the notes to the financial statements and are not apportioned between the capital and interest portions. Finance lease assets acquired at the end of the lease term are recorded and measured at the lower of: • cost, being the fair value of the asset; or • the sum of the minimum lease payments made, including any payments made to

acquire ownership at the end of the lease term, excluding interest.

9 Aid Assistance

9.1 Aid assistance received Aid assistance received in cash is recognised in the statement of financial performance when received. In-kind aid assistance is recorded in the notes to the financial statements on the date of receipt and is measured at fair value. Aid assistance not spent for the intended purpose and any unutilised funds from aid assistance that are required to be refunded to the donor are recognised as a payable in the statement of financial position.

9.2 Aid assistance paid Aid assistance paid is recognised in the statement of financial performance on the date of payment. Aid assistance payments made prior to the receipt of funds are recognised as a receivable in the statement of financial position.

10 Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost in the statement of financial position. Bank overdrafts are shown separately on the face of the statement of financial position as a current liability.


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 199 -

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held, other short-term highly liquid investments and bank overdrafts.

11 Prepayments and advances Prepayments and advances are recognised in the statement of financial position when the department receives or disburses the cash. Prepayments and advances are initially and subsequently measured at cost.

12 Loans and receivables Loans and receivables are recognised in the statement of financial position at cost plus accrued interest, where interest is charged, less amounts already settled or written-off. Write-offs are made according to the department’s write-off policy.

13 Investments Investments are recognised in the statement of financial position at cost.

14 Financial assets

14.1 Financial assets (not covered elsewhere) A financial asset is recognised initially at its cost plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial. At the reporting date, a department shall measure its financial assets at cost, less amounts already settled or written-off, except for recognised loans and receivables, which are measured at cost plus accrued interest, where interest is charged, less amounts already settled or written-off.

14.2 Impairment of financial assets Where there is an indication of impairment of a financial asset, an estimation of the reduction in the recorded carrying value, to reflect the best estimate of the amount of the future economic benefits expected to be received from that asset, is recorded in the notes to the financial statements.

15 Payables Loans and payables are recognised in the statement of financial position at cost.

16 Capital Assets

16.1 Immovable capital assets Immovable capital assets are initially recorded in the notes to the financial statements at cost. Immovable capital assets acquired through a non-exchange transaction are measured at fair value as at the date of acquisition. Where the cost of immovable capital assets cannot be determined reliably, the immovable capital assets are measured at fair value for recording in the asset register. Immovable capital assets are subsequently carried at cost and are not subject to depreciation or impairment. Subsequent expenditure that is of a capital nature is added to the cost of the asset at the end of the capital project unless the immovable asset is recorded by another department in which case the completed project costs are transferred to that department.


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 200 -

16.2 Movable capital assets Movable capital assets are initially recorded in the notes to the financial statements at cost. Movable capital assets acquired through a non-exchange transaction is measured at fair value as at the date of acquisition. Where the cost of movable capital assets cannot be determined reliably, the movable capital assets are measured at fair value and where fair value cannot be determined; the movable assets are measured at R1. All assets acquired prior to 1 April 2002 (or a later date as approved by the OAG) may be recorded at R1. Movable capital assets are subsequently carried at cost and are not subject to depreciation or impairment. Biological assets are subsequently carried at fair value. Subsequent expenditure that is of a capital nature is added to the cost of the asset at the end of the capital project unless the movable asset is recorded by another department/entity in which case the completed project costs are transferred to that department.

16.3 Intangible assets Intangible assets are initially recorded in the notes to the financial statements at cost. Intangible assets acquired through a non-exchange transaction are measured at fair value as at the date of acquisition. Internally generated intangible assets are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when the department commences the development phase of the project. Where the cost of intangible assets cannot be determined reliably, the intangible capital assets are measured at fair value and where fair value cannot be determined; the intangible assets are measured at R1. All assets acquired prior to 1 April 2002 (or a later date as approved by the OAG) may be recorded at R1. Intangible assets are subsequently carried at cost and are not subject to depreciation or impairment. Subsequent expenditure that is of a capital nature is added to the cost of the asset at the end of the capital project unless the intangible asset is recorded by another department/entity in which case the completed project costs are transferred to that department.

17 Provisions and Contingents

17.1 Provisions Provisions are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when there is a present legal or constructive obligation to forfeit economic benefits as a result of events in the past and it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits or service potential will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made. The provision is measured as the best estimate of the funds required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date.


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 201 -

17.2 Contingent liabilities Contingent liabilities are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when there is a possible obligation that arises from past events, and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not within the control of the department or when there is a present obligation that is not recognised because it is not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured reliably.

17.3 Contingent assets Contingent assets are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when a possible asset arises from past events, and whose existence will be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not within the control of the department.

17.4 Commitments Commitments (other than for transfers and subsidies) are recorded at cost in the notes to the financial statements when there is a contractual arrangement or an approval by management in a manner that raises a valid expectation that the department will discharge its responsibilities thereby incurring future expenditure that will result in the outflow of cash.

18 Unauthorised expenditure Unauthorised expenditure is recognised in the statement of financial position until such time as the expenditure is either: • approved by Parliament or the Provincial Legislature with funding and the related

funds are received; or • approved by Parliament or the Provincial Legislature without funding and is written off

against the appropriation in the statement of financial performance; or • transferred to receivables for recovery. Unauthorised expenditure is measured at the amount of the confirmed unauthorised expenditure.

19 Fruitless and wasteful expenditure Fruitless and wasteful expenditure is recorded in the notes to the financial statements when confirmed. The amount recorded is equal to the total value of the fruitless and or wasteful expenditure incurred. Fruitless and wasteful expenditure is removed from the notes to the financial statements when it is resolved or transferred to receivables for recovery. Fruitless and wasteful expenditure receivables are measured at the amount that is expected to be recoverable and are de-recognised when settled or subsequently written-off as irrecoverable.

20 Irregular expenditure Irregular expenditure is recorded in the notes to the financial statements when confirmed. The amount recorded is equal to the value of the irregular expenditure incurred unless it is impracticable to determine, in which case reasons therefor are provided in the note.


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 202 -

Irregular expenditure is removed from the note when it is either condoned by the relevant authority, transferred to receivables for recovery or not condoned and is not recoverable. Irregular expenditure receivables are measured at the amount that is expected to be recoverable and are de-recognised when settled or subsequently written-off as irrecoverable.

21 Changes in accounting policies, accounting estimates and errors Changes in accounting policies that are effected by management have been applied retrospectively in accordance with MCS requirements, except to the extent that it is impracticable to determine the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change in policy. In such instances the department shall restate the opening balances of assets, liabilities and net assets for the earliest period for which retrospective restatement is practicable. Changes in accounting estimates are applied prospectively in accordance with MCS requirements. Correction of errors is applied retrospectively in the period in which the error has occurred in accordance with MCS requirements, except to the extent that it is impracticable to determine the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the error. In such cases the department shall restate the opening balances of assets, liabilities and net assets for the earliest period for which retrospective restatement is practicable.

22 Events after the reporting date Events after the reporting date that are classified as adjusting events have been accounted for in the financial statements. The events after the reporting date that are classified as non-adjusting events after the reporting date have been disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

23 Principal-Agent arrangements The department is party to a principal-agent arrangement for construction of non-residential buildings and structures (schools) with the Independent Development Trust entity. In terms of the arrangement the department is the principal and is responsible for funding and monitoring performance. All related revenues, expenditures, assets and liabilities have been recognised or recorded in terms of the relevant policies listed herein. Additional disclosures have been provided in the notes to the financial statements where appropriate.

24 Departures from the MCS requirements Management has concluded that the financial statements present fairly the department’s primary and secondary information; the department complied with the Standard except that it has departed from a particular requirement to achieve fair presentation; and the requirement from which the department has departed, the nature of the departure and the reason for departure.

25 Capitalisation reserve The capitalisation reserve comprises of financial assets and/or liabilities originating in a prior reporting period but which are recognised in the statement of financial position for the first time in the current reporting period. Amounts are recognised in the capitalisation


ACCOUNTING POLICIES


- 203 -

reserves when identified in the current period and are transferred to the National/Provincial Revenue Fund when the underlying asset is disposed and the related funds are received.

26 Recoverable revenue Amounts are recognised as recoverable revenue when a payment made in a previous financial year becomes recoverable from a debtor in the current financial year. Amounts are either transferred to the National/Provincial Revenue Fund when recovered or are transferred to the statement of financial performance when written-off.

27 Related party transactions A related party transaction is a transfer of resources, services or obligations between the reporting entity and a related party. Related party transactions within the Minister/MEC’s portfolio are recorded in the notes to the financial statements when the transaction is not at arm’s length. Key management personnel are those persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the department. The number of individuals and their full compensation is recorded in the notes to the financial statements.

28 Inventories At the date of acquisition, inventories are recorded at cost price in the statement of financial performance. Where inventories are acquired as part of a non-exchange transaction, the cost of inventory is its fair value at the date of acquisition. Inventories are subsequently measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value or the lower of cost and current replacement value. Subsequent measurement of the cost of inventory is determined on the weighted average basis.

29 Public-Private Partnerships Public Private Partnerships are accounted for based on the nature and or the substance of the partnership. The transaction is accounted for in accordance with the relevant accounting policies. A summary of the significant terms of the PPP agreement, the parties to the agreement, and the date of commencement thereof together with the description and nature of the concession fees received, the unitary fees paid, rights and obligations of the department are recorded in the notes to the financial statements.

30 Employee benefits The value of each major class of employee benefit obligation (accruals, payables not recognised and provisions) is disclosed in the Employee benefits note.


NOTES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


- 204 -

1. Annual Appropriation 1.1 Annual Appropriation

Included are funds appropriated in terms of the Appropriation Act (and the Adjustments Appropriation Act) for National Departments (Voted funds) and Provincial Departments:

1.2 Conditional grants

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Total grants received 32 672 188 621 040

2. Departmental revenue Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Sales of goods and services other than capital assets

2.1 5 304 5 140

Fines, penalties and forfeits 2.2 19 181 Interest, dividends and rent on land 2.3 919 922 Sales of capital assets 2.4 350 201 Transactions in financial assets and liabilities 2.5 2 365 4 947 Total revenue collected 8 957 11 391 Less: Own revenue included in appropriation 13 8 957 8 799 Departmental revenue collected - 2 592

2016/17 2015/16 Final

Appropriation

Actual Funds

Received

Funds not requested/

not received

Final Appropriati

on

Appropriation

received

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Administration 609 666 609 666 - 550 709 550 709 Public Ordinary School Education 3 986 172 3 986 172 - 3 759 258 3 759 258

Independent School Subsidy 8 725 8 725 - 8 309 8 309

Public Special School Education 116 251 116 251 - 104 294 104 294

Early Childhood Development 94 204 94 204 - 91 268 91 268

Infrastructure Development 497 309 497 309 - 454 946 454 946

Examination and Education Related Services

135 283 135 283 -

158 081 158 081

Total 5 447 610 5 447 610 - 5 126 865 5 126 865




- 205 -

2.1 Sales of goods and services other than capital assets Note 2016/17 2015/16 2 R’000 R’000 Sales of goods and services produced by the department

5 304 5 138

Sales by market establishment 529 472 Administrative fees 4 775 4 666

Sales of scrap, waste and other used current goods

- 2

Total 5 304 5 140

2.2 Fines, penalties and forfeits Note 2016/17 2015/16 2 R’000 R’000 Fines 19 181 Penalties - - Total 19 181

2.3 Interest, dividends and rent on land Note 2016/17 2015/16 2 R’000 R’000 Interest 919 922 Total 919 922

2.4 Sale of capital assets Note 2016/17 2015/16 2 R’000 R’000 Tangible assets

Machinery and equipment 28 350 201

Intangible assets - - Total 350 201

2.5 Transactions in financial assets and liabilities Note 2016/17 2015/16 2 R’000 R’000 Other Receipts including Recoverable Revenue 2 365 4 947 Total 2 365 4 947




- 206 -

3. Compensation of employees 3.1 Salaries and Wages

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Basic salary 3 123 207 2 853 796 Performance award 6 191 7 401 Service Based 7 846 5 859 Compensative/circumstantial 136 052 126 155 Other non-pensionable allowances 448 460 392 309 Total 3 721 756 3 385 520

3.2 Social contributions Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Employer contributions Pension 385 854 354 370 Medical 180 182 170 469 UIF 512 113 Bargaining council 349 325 Official unions and associations 581 569 Total 567 478 525 846 Total compensation of employees 4 289 234 3 911 366 Average number of employees 13 181 12 743

4. Goods and services Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Administrative fees 859 308 Advertising 1 612 1 540 Minor assets 4.1 561 256 Bursaries (employees) 1 163 1 520 Catering 9 202 8 337 Communication 7 293 5 714 Computer services 4.2 5 841 9 024 Consultants: Business and advisory services 16 945 10 945 Infrastructure and planning services - 121 Legal services 3 511 3 121 Contractors 7 547 1 347 Agency and support / outsourced services 55 028 47 586 Entertainment 88 69 Audit cost – external 4.3 10 941 11 497 Fleet services 3 042 2 958 Inventory 4.4 52 501 106 446 Consumables 4.5 16 043 17 103 Operating leases 18 199 18 452 Property payments 4.6 68 086 77 049




- 207 -

Rental and hiring 740 49 Transport provided as part of the departmental activities

4 598 3 803

Travel and subsistence 4.7 43 221 39 744 Venues and facilities 2 049 2 329 Training and development 8 305 6 196 Other operating expenditure 4.8 7 518 5 473 Total 344 893 380 987

4.1 Minor assets Note 2016/17 2015/16 4 R’000 R’000 Tangible assets

Machinery and equipment 561 256 Intangible assets

Software - - Total 561 256

4.2 Computer services Note 2016/17 2015/16 4 R’000 R’000 SITA computer services 4 912 7 743 External computer service providers 929 1 281 Total 5 841 9 024

4.3 Audit cost – External Note 2016/17 2015/16 4 R’000 R’000 Regularity audits 10 941 11 497 Total 10 941 11 497

4.4 Inventory Note 2016/17 2015/16

4 R’000 R’000 Learning, teaching and support material 52 501 106 446 Total 52 501 106 446




- 208 -

4.5 Consumables Note 2016/17 2015/16

4 R’000 R’000 Consumable supplies 3 306 3 458

Uniform and clothing 673 751 Household supplies 1 269 956 IT consumables 269 719 Other consumables 1 095 1 032

Stationery, printing and office supplies 12 737 13 645 Total 16 043 17 103

4.6 Property payments Note 2016/17 2015/16 4 R’000 R’000 Municipal services 8 723 21 511 Property maintenance and repairs 27 415 17 346 Other 31 948 38 192 Total 68 086 77 049

4.7 Travel and subsistence Note 2016/17 2015/16

4 R’000 R’000 Local 42 772 39 400 Foreign 449 344 Total 43 221 39 744

4.8 Other operating expenditure Note 2016/17 2015/16 4 R’000 R’000 Professional bodies, membership and subscription fees

- 1

Resettlement costs 3 565 2 099 Other 3 953 3 373 Total 7 518 5 473

5. Interest and rent on land Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000

Interest paid 145 503 Total 145 503




- 209 -

6. Transfers and subsidies 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Note Departmental agencies and accounts Annex 1A 6 076 5 314 Non-profit institutions Annex 1B 374 569 376 337 Households Annex 1C 64 957 66 486 Total 445 602 448 137

7. Expenditure for capital assets Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Tangible assets 421 729 354 350

Buildings and other fixed structures 29 374 467 293 676 Machinery and equipment 27 47 262 60 674

Intangible assets 10 215 5 774

Software 28 10 215 5 774

Total 431 944 360 124

7.1 Analysis of funds utilised to acquire capital assets – 2016/17 Voted funds Aid

assistance Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 Tangible assets 421 729 - 421 729

Buildings and other fixed structures 374 467 - 374 467 Machinery and equipment 47 262 - 47 262

Intangible assets 10 215 - 10 215 Software 10 215 - 10 215

Total 431 944 - 431 944




- 210 -

7.2 Analysis of funds utilised to acquire capital assets – 2015/16 Voted funds Aid

assistance Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 Tangible assets 354 350 - 354 350

Buildings and other fixed structures 293 676 - 293 676 Machinery and equipment 60 674 - 60 674

Intangible assets 5 774 - 5 774

Software 5 774 - 5 774 Total 360 124 - 360 124

7.3 Finance lease expenditure included in Expenditure for capital assets Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Tangible assets

Machinery and equipment 15 904 18 624 Total 15 904 18 624

8. Unauthorised expenditure 8.1 Reconciliation of unauthorised expenditure

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Opening balance 54 765 54 765 Unauthorised expenditure – discovered in current year (as restated)

68 863 -

Closing balance 123 628 54 765

8.2 Analysis of unauthorised expenditure awaiting authorisation per economic classification

2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Capital 123 628 54 765 Current - - Transfers and subsidies - -

Total 123 628 54 765




- 211 -

8.3 Analysis of unauthorised expenditure awaiting authorisation per type

2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Unauthorised expenditure relating to overspending of the vote or a main division within a vote

123 628

54 765

Total 123 628 54 765

8.4 Details of unauthorised expenditure – current year Incident Disciplinary steps taken/criminal

proceedings 2016/17 R’000

Over-expenditure on Main Vote None - Investigation pending 68 863 Total 68 863

9. Cash and cash equivalents Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Cash on hand 5 5 Total 5 5

10. Prepayments and advances Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Travel and subsistence 927 1 052 Total 927 1 052

11. Receivables 2016/17 2015/16

Current Non-current

Total Current Non-current

Total

Note

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Claims recoverable

11.1

5 300 - 5 300 4 313 - 4 313

Recoverable expenditure

11.2 18 317 - 18 317 15 329 - 15 329

Other debtors

11.3 2 128 - 2 128 1 898 - 1 898

Total 25 745 - 25 745 21 540 - 21 540




- 212 -

11.1 Claims recoverable Note 2016/17 2015/16

11 and Annex 4

R’000 R’000

National departments 4 341 2 816 Provincial departments 959 1 497 Total 5 300 4 313

11.2 Recoverable expenditure (disallowance accounts) Note 2016/17 2015/16 11 R’000 R’000

Sal: Disallowance Acc 16 630 13 916 Sal: Tax Debt 1 687 1 384 Sal: Medical Aid: CL - 6 Sal: Pension Fund: CL - 23 Total 18 317 15 329

11.3 Other debtors Note 2016/17 2015/16 11 R’000 R’000

Debt Account 2 128 1 898 Total 2 128 1 898

11.4 Impairment of receivables Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Estimate of impairment of receivables 7 940 4 862 Total 7 940 4 862

Impairment is in terms of the departmental debt management policy

12. Voted funds to be surrendered to the Revenue Fund Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Opening balance 46 005 26 122 Transfer from statement of financial performance (as restated)

(64 208) 25 748

Add: Unauthorised expenditure for current year 8 68 863 - Paid during the year (25 748) (5 865) Closing balance 24 912 46 005




- 213 -

13. Departmental revenue and NRF Receipts to be surrendered to the Revenue Fund Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Opening balance 2 671 1 221 Transfer from Statement of Financial Performance (as restated)

- 2 592

Own revenue included in appropriation 8 957 8 799 Paid during the year (9 151) (9 941) Closing balance 2 477 2 671

14. Bank Overdraft Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Consolidated Paymaster General Account 118 109 22 301 Total 118 109 22 301

15. Payables – current Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000

Advances received 15.1 1 506 1 950 Clearing accounts 15.2 2 670 4 125 Total 4 176 6 075

15.1 Advances received Note 2016/17 2015/16

15 R’000 R’000 National departments - 13 Other institutions 1 506 1 937 Total 1 506 1 950

15.2 Clearing accounts Note 2016/17 2015/16

15 R’000 R’000 Description Sal ACB Recall 2 632 3 932 Sal Garnishee Order 12 24 Sal: Housing: CL 6 - Sal: Disallowance Account 6 162 Sal: Tax Debt 14 7 Total 2 670 4 125




- 214 -

16. Net cash flow available from operating activities Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Net surplus/(deficit) as per Statement of Financial Performance

(64 208) 28 340

Add back non cash/cash movements not deemed operating activities

399 673 344 417

(Increase)/decrease in receivables – current (4 205) (4 943) (Increase)/decrease in prepayments and advances 125 (96) Increase/(decrease) in payables – current (1 899) (3 460) Proceeds from sale of capital assets (350) (201) Expenditure on capital assets 431 944 360 124 Surrenders to Revenue Fund (34 899) (15 806) Own revenue included in appropriation 8 957 8 799 Net cash flow generated by operating activities 335 465 372 757

17. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents for cash flow purposes Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Consolidated Paymaster General account (118 109) (22 301) Cash on hand 5 5 Total (118 104) (22 296)

18. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets 18.1 Contingent liabilities

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Liable to Nature Housing loan guarantees Employees Annex 3A 245 245 Claims against the department Annex 3B 55 632 25 974 Intergovernmental payables (unconfirmed balances)

Annex 5 856 984

Total 56 733 27 203

18.2 Contingent assets Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Nature of contingent asset Trek-in-Panneelkloppers 80 80 Mr and Ms Besent 29 29 Telkom 1 527 1 527 Employee Benefit leave credits 568 - Total 2 204 1 636




- 215 -

19. Commitments Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Current expenditure Approved and contracted 125 822 95 873 Approved but not yet contracted - 272 125 822 96 145 Capital expenditure Approved and contracted 641 537 283 833 Approved but not yet contracted 332 204 189 825 973 741 473 658 Total Commitments 1 099 563 569 803

Inclusive in the total commitments is long term commitments relating to infrastructure projects, SITA and other SLA commitments.

20. Accruals and payables not recognised

20.1 Accruals 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Listed by economic classification

30 Days 30+ Days Total Total Goods and services 17 503 37 482 54 985 37 235 Transfers and subsidies 3 752 2 395 6 147 2 869 Capital assets 34 558 4 740 39 298 27 978 Other - - - 215 Total 55 813 44 617 100 430 68 297 Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Listed by programme level Administration 16 162 24 062 Public ordinary school education 40 470 7 259 Public special school education 76 3 Early childhood development 451 141 Infrastructure development 34 262 32 390 Examination and education related services 9 009 4 442 Total 100 430 68 297

20.2 Payables not recognised 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Listed by economic classification

30 Days 30+ Days Total Total Goods and services - 252 252 -




- 216 -

Capital assets - 9 739 9 739 10 216 Total - 9 991 9 991 10 216 Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Listed by programme level ADMINISTRATION 9 991 10 216 Total 9 991 10 216 Note 2016/17 2015/16 Included in the above totals are the following: R’000 R’000 Confirmed balances with other departments Annex 5 252 - Total 252 -

Microsoft licensing agreement payable in the 2017/2018 financial year calculated at the exchange rate of R14.28 (excl. vat) per USD 598 232.25

21. Employee benefits

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Leave entitlement 26 889 20 720 Service bonus (Thirteenth cheque) 124 926 116 849 Capped leave commitments 328 094 332 582 Other 33 716 49 228 Total 513 625 519 379

At this stage the department is not able to reliably measure the long term portion of the long service awards.

Negative leave balances for 93 officials amounting to 567,710.4 are not included in the leave entitlement amount disclosed for the current financial year and 54 officials amounting to 200,760.01 for the prior financial year.

21.1 Prior period error

Note 2015/16 Nature of prior period error Relating to 2015/16 Long service bonus provision for the period 01 April 2016 - 31 March 2017

7 885

Leave entitlement (29 386) Total prior period errors (21 501)

The long service provision for the 31 March 2016 was not disclosed in the AFS last year as a result will be a prior year adjustment.




- 217 -

22. Lease commitments 22.1 Operating leases expenditure

2016/17

Specialised

military equipment

Land

Buildings and other

fixed structures

Machinery

and equipment

Total Not later than 1 year - - 7 871 4 764 12 635 Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years - - 9 264 - 9 264

Later than five years - - - - - Total lease commitments - - 17 135 4 764 21 899

2015/16

Specialised

military equipment

Land

Buildings and other

fixed structures

Machinery

and equipment

Total Not later than 1 year - - 7 464 608 8 072 Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years - - 14 350 - 14 350

Later than five years - - - - - Total lease commitments - - 21 814 608 22 422 Material lease agreement included in this note relates to the building lease of Namakwa District office.

22.2 Finance leases expenditure

2016/17

Specialised

military equipment

Land

Buildings and other

fixed structures

Machinery

and equipment

Total Not later than 1 year - - - 11 290 11 290 Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years - - - 8 135 8 135

Later than five years - - - - - Total lease commitments - - - 19 425 19 425

2015/16

Specialised

military equipment

Land

Buildings and other

fixed structures

Machinery

and equipment

Total Not later than 1 year - - - 5 028 5 028 Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years - - - 7 359 7 359

Later than five years - - - - - Total lease commitments - - - 12 387 12 387




- 218 -

Material lease amount included in this note relates to fleet trading account managed by the Northern Cape Fleet Trading Entity.

23. Irregular expenditure 23.1 Reconciliation of irregular expenditure

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Opening balance 2 233 841 2 013 039 Prior period error - As restated 2 233 841 2 013 039 Add: Irregular expenditure – relating to prior year 21 464 - Add: Irregular expenditure – relating to current year 323 416 220 802 Closing balance 2 578 721 2 233 841 Analysis of awaiting condonation per age classification

Current year 323 416 220 802 Prior years 2 255 305 2 013 039 Total 2 578 721 2 233 841

Further instances of Irregular Expenditure that might have resulted from non-compliance with SCM processes are under investigation to determine the full extent of the amount.

23.2 Details of irregular expenditure – added current year (relating to current and prior

years) Incident Disciplinary steps taken/criminal


UIFW 4.2 - 1 No deviation on bid process >R500 000

None 37 957

UIFW 4.2 - 10 IDT None 232 330 UIFW 4.2 - 12 Expired Leases None 758 UIFW 4.2 - 2 b Min 3 Quotes for R10 000 to R200 000

None 1 030

UIFW 4.2 - 2 c Min of 5 Quotes for R200 000 to R500 000

None 2 076

UIFW 4.2 - 2 d Bidding process for > R500 000

None 33 452

UIFW 4.2 - 9 Public Works None 15 813 Total 323 416




- 219 -

23.2.1.1 Details of irregular expenditures under investigation (not included in the main note)

Incident 2016/17 R’000

UIFW 4.2 - 2 d Bidding process for > R500 000 15 004 Total 15 004

Investigations on the validity of the processes followed to appoint the suppliers as per the irregular expenditure.

23.3 Details of the non-compliance where an institution was not represented in a bid

committee for contracts arranged by other institutions Incident 2016/17

R’000 Northern Cape Public Works - SCM non-compliance 21 718 IDT - SCM non-compliance 232 330 Total 254 048

24. Fruitless and wasteful expenditure 24.1 Reconciliation of fruitless and wasteful expenditure

Note 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Opening balance 2 885 2 336 Fruitless and wasteful expenditure – relating to current year

193 549

Closing balance 3 078 2 885

24.2 Analysis of awaiting resolution per economic classification 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Current 3 078 2 885 Total 3 078 2 885

24.3 Analysis of Current year’s fruitless and wasteful expenditure Incident Disciplinary steps taken/criminal


UIFW 4.3 - 1 Dept did not receive same benefit

None 10

UIFW 4.3 - 2 Where interests and/or penalties have been charged

None

145




- 220 -

UIFW 4.3 - 3 Not honouring bookings

None 32

UIFW 4.3.7 - Where VAT was charged without a valid VAT number

None 1

UIFW 4.3.9 - Overpayments None 5 Total 193

25. Related party transactions

All departments in the Northern Cape Province are related parties.

The Department occupies buildings for office space that is under the custodianship of the Department of Roads and Public Works @ Rnil rental. The Department of Roads and Public Works is also responsible for infrastructure procurement process for the NCDoE projects

26. Key management personnel

No. of Individuals

2016/17 2015/16

R’000 R’000 Political office bearers (provide detail below) 1 (1) 1 902 759 Officials:

Level 15 to 16 2 (2) 3 216 3 009 Level 14 (incl. CFO if at a lower level) 10 (10) 10 174 9 687

Family members of key management personnel 13 (8) 6 297

3 779

Total 21 589 17 234




- 221 -

27. Movable Tangible Capital Assets

MOVEMENT IN MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017 Opening

balance Value

adjustments Additions Disposals Closing

Balance R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

60 763 - 61 160 (10 977) 110 946

Transport assets 7 706 - 4 260 (498) 11 468 Computer equipment 27 196 - 3 696 (6 204) 24 688 Furniture and office equipment 15 214 - 1 726 (2 775) 14 165 Other machinery and equipment 10 647 - 51 478 (1 500) 60 625 Work-in-progress 35 508 - - (29 334) 6 174 TOTAL MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

96 271 - 61 160 (40 311) 117 120

Movable Tangible Capital Assets under investigation Number Value R’000 Included in the above total of the movable tangible capital assets per the asset register are assets that are under investigation:

Machinery and equipment 283 3 082 The assets under investigation include those where there is uncertainty on the existence of the asset.




- 222 -

27.1 Additions ADDITIONS TO MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017 Cash Non-cash (Capital

Work in Progress current

costs and finance lease

payments)

Received current, not paid

(Paid current year,

received prior year)

Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

47 263 467 (15 904) 29 334 61 160

Transport assets 17 548 - (13 288) - 4 260 Computer equipment 3 513 183 - - 3 696 Furniture and office equipment 1 465 261 - - 1 726 Other machinery and equipment

24 737 23 (2 616) 29 334 51 478

TOTAL ADDITIONS TO MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

47 263 467 (15 904) 29 334 61 160

27.2 Disposals DISPOSALS OF MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Sold for cash

Non-cash disposal

Total disposals

Cash Received

Actual R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT 498 10 479 10 977 350 Transport assets 498 - 498 350 Computer equipment - 6 204 6 204 - Furniture and office equipment - 2 775 2 775 - Other machinery and equipment - 1 500 1 500 - TOTAL DISPOSAL OF MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

498 10 479 10 977

350




- 223 -

27.3 Movement for 2015/16 MOVEMENT IN TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016 Opening

balance Prior

period error

Additions Disposals Closing Balance

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

37 935 (108) 23 792 (856) 60 763

Transport assets 8 562 - - (856) 7 706 Computer equipment 18 254 9 8 933 - 27 196 Furniture and office equipment 8 006 (105) 7 313 - 15 214 Other machinery and equipment 3 113 (12) 7 546 - 10 647 TOTAL MOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

37 935 (108) 23 792 (856) 60 763

27.3.1 Prior period error Note 2015/16 R’000 Nature of prior period error Relating to 2015/16 [affecting the opening balance] Computer Equipment 9 Furniture and Office Equipment (105) Other Machinery and Equipment (12) Total prior period errors (108)

27.4 Minor assets MOVEMENT IN MINOR ASSETS PER THE ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED AS AT 31 MARCH 2017

Specialised military assets

Intangible assets

Heritage assets

Machinery and

equipment

Biological assets

Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Opening balance

- - - 25 993 - 25 993

Value adjustments

- - - - - -

Additions - - - 919 - 919 Disposals - - - 4 404 - 4 404 TOTAL MINOR ASSETS

- - - 22 508 - 22 508




- 224 -

Minor Capital Assets under investigation Number Value R’000 Included in the above total of the minor capital assets per the asset register are assets that are under investigation:

Specialised military assets Intangible assets Heritage assets Machinery and equipment 1 253 1 706 Biological assets

The assets under investigation include those where there is uncertainty on the existence of the asset as they are not allocated to custodians.

MOVEMENT IN MINOR ASSETS PER THE ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED AS AT 31 MARCH 2016


Intangible assets

Heritage assets

Machinery and

equipment

Biological assets

Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Opening balance

- - - 23 139 - 23 139

Prior period error

- - - 35 - 35

Additions - - - 2 819 - 2 819 Disposals - - - - - - TOTAL MINOR ASSETS

- - - 25 993 - 25 993

27.4.1 Prior period error Note 2015/16 R’000 Nature of prior period error Relating to 2015/16 [affecting the opening balance] Prior year adjustment 30 Reclassification from Major Assets 5 Total prior period errors 35

Assets identified in the current financial year not recognised in prior years. Valuation of the minor assets.




- 225 -

27.5 Movable assets written off MOVABLE ASSETS WRITTEN OFF FOR THE YEAR ENDED AS AT 31 MARCH 2017


Intangible assets

Heritage assets

Machinery and

equipment

Biological assets

Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Assets written off

- - - 8 850 - 8 850

TOTAL MOVABLE ASSETS WRITTEN OFF

- - - 8 850 - 8 850

MOVABLE ASSETS WRITTEN OFF FOR THE YEAR ENDED AS AT 31 MARCH 2016 Specialised

military assets

Intangible assets

Heritage assets

Machinery and

equipment

Biological assets

Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Assets written off

- - - 13 971 - 13 971

TOTAL MOVABLE ASSETS WRITTEN OFF

- - - 13 971 - 13 971

Movable assets written off are those that were under investigation and identified to be non-existent due to erroneous receipting since inception of LOGIS.

28. Intangible Capital Assets MOVEMENT IN INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017 Opening

balance Value


Balance R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 SOFTWARE 27 475 274 - (242) 27 507 TOTAL INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

27 475 274 - (242) 27 507

The value adjustment relates to the difference / increase in the exchange rate.




- 226 -

28.1 Additions ADDITIONS TO INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017 Cash Non-Cash (Develop-

ment work in

progress – current costs)

Received current

year, not paid (Paid

current year,


Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 SOFTWARE 10 215 - - (10 215) - TOTAL ADDITIONS TO INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

10 215 - - (10 215) -

The received current, not paid relates to the Microsoft Enterprise operating systems procured from Microsoft through SITA.

28.2 Disposals

DISPOSALS OF INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Sold for cash

Non-cash disposal

Total disposals

Cash Received

Actual R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

SOFTWARE - 242 242 - TOTAL DISPOSALS OF INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

- 242 242 -

28.3 Movement for 2015/16

MOVEMENT IN INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016 Opening

balance Prior

period error


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 SOFTWARE 2 020 - 25 455 - 27 475 TOTAL INTANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

2 020 - 25 455 - 27 475




- 227 -

29. Immovable Tangible Capital Assets MOVEMENT IN IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017 Opening

balance Value


Balance R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

647 576 - 302 455 245 756 704 275

Dwellings - - - - - Non-residential buildings 647 576 - 302 455 245 756 704 275 Other fixed structures - - - - - Capital Work-in-progress 185 456 - 374 467 302 455 257 468 TOTAL IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

833 032 - 676 922 548 211 961 743

An amount of R302.455 million under additions consists of movement of practical and final completed assets. The closing balance of R704.275 million includes an amount of R226.889 million subjected to Section 42 transfers as at 31 March 2017.

29.1 Additions ADDITIONS TO IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017 Cash Non-cash (Capital

Work in Progress current

costs and finance lease

payments)

Received current, not paid

(Paid current year,


Total

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 BUILDING AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

374 467 302 455 (374 467) - 302 455

Dwellings - - - - - Non-residential buildings 374 467 302 455 (374 467) - 302 455 Other fixed structures - - - - - TOTAL ADDITIONS TO IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

374 467 302 455 (374 467) - 302 455




- 228 -

29.2 Disposals

DISPOSALS OF IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Sold for cash

Non-cash disposal

Total disposals

Cash Received

Actual R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

- 245 756 245 756 -

Dwellings - - - - Non-residential buildings - 245 756 245 756 - Other fixed structures - - - - TOTAL DISPOSALS OF IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

- 245 756 245 756

-

Non-cash disposal is an amount which was transferred during 2016/17 financial year to the Department of Public Works in terms of Section 42 transfer.

29.3 Movement for 2015/16

MOVEMENT IN IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS PER ASSET REGISTER FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016 Opening

balance Prior

period error


R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

561 275 (7 547) 402 904 309 056 647 576

Dwellings - - - - - Non-residential buildings 561 275 (7 547) 402 904 309 056 647 576 Other fixed structures - - - - - TOTAL IMMOVABLE TANGIBLE CAPITAL ASSETS

561 275 (7 547) 402 904 309 056 647 576

29.3.1 Prior period error

Note 2015/16 R’000 Nature of prior period error Relating to 2015/16 [affecting the opening balance] The adjustments relates to correction of project costs that were transferred to PW

(7 547)

Total prior period errors (7 547)




- 229 -

The value adjustment amounting to R7.547 million relates to projects values that were corrected during Section 42 transfer process.

29.4 S42 Immovable assets Assets subjected to transfer in terms of S42 of the PFMA – 2016/17

Number of assets

Value of assets

R’000 BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

277 226 889

Dwellings - - Non-residential buildings 277 226 889 Other fixed structures - - TOTAL 277 226 889

The value of assets subjected to transfer amounting to R226.889 million includes an amount of R97.660 million worth of assets completed during 2015/16 financial year.

Assets subjected to transfer in terms of S42 of the PFMA – 2015/16

Number of assets

Value of assets

R’000 BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

405 360 225

Non-residential buildings 405 360 225 TOTAL 405 360 225

30. Principal-agent arrangements

30.1 Department acting as the principal Fee paid 2016/17 2015/16 R’000 R’000 Include a list of the entities acting as agents for the department and the fee paid as compensation to the agent

Independent Development Trust Management Fees 16 241 21 818 Gamagara Development Forum 512 - Maphalane Disability Trust 1 238 - John Taolo Gaetsewe Development Trust 820 - Total 18 811 21 818




- 230 -

The Department has entered into an agreement with Independent Development Trust (IDT), Gamagara Development Forum, Maphalane Disabled Childrens Trust, John Taolo Gaetsewe Development Trust as an agent for procurement of infrastructure projects. The amount disclosed is management fee paid during the year.

31. Prior period errors

31.1 Correction of prior period errors Note 2015/16 R’000 Assets: Movable tangible capital assets (108) Minor Assets 35 Immovable tangible capital assets (7 547) Net effect (7 620) Liabilities: Employee benefits (21 501) Net effect (21 501) Other: Work in progress (Annexure 6) (146 506) Net effect (146 506)




- 231 -

32. STATEMENT OF CONDITIONAL GRANTS RECEIVED

NAME OF DEPARTMENT

GRANT ALLOCATION SPENT 2015/16

Division of Revenue Act/ Provincial Grants

Roll Overs

DORA Adjust-ments

Other Adjust-ments

Total Available

Amount received by depart-ment

Amount spent by depart-ment

Under / (Overspending)

% of available funds spent by depart-ment

Division of Revenue Act

Amount spent by department

R’000 R’000 R'000 R'000 R’000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R’000 R’000 Nat School Nutrition Programme Grant

150 289 - 2 125 - 152 414 152 414 152 463 (49) 100% 142 724 142 722

HIV/AIDS Life skills Grant

5 281 - - - 5 281 5 281 5 117 164 97% 5 281 5 259

Education Infrastructure Grant

486 538 - - - 486 538 486 538 486 990 (452) 100% 446 998 429 079

EPWP – Social Sector Education

2 925 - - - 2 925 2 925 2 930 (5) 100% 1 000 935

EPWP – Integrated Grant

2 000 - - - 2 000 2 000 1 998 2 100% 2 077 2 077

OSD for Therapist

- - - - - - - - 2 -

Maths, Science and Technology

23 030 - - - 23 030 23 030 23 079 (49) 100% 22 958 22 956

670 063 - 2 125 - 672 188 672 188 672 577 (389) 621 040 603 028


ANNEXURES TO THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


- 232 -

ANNEXURE 1A STATEMENT OF TRANSFERS TO DEPARTMENTAL AGENCIES AND ACCOUNTS

DEPARTMENT/ AGENCY/ ACCOUNT

TRANSFER ALLOCATION TRANSFER 2015/16

Adjusted Appro-priation

Roll Overs

Adjust-ments

Total Available

Actual Transfer

% of Available funds Transferred

Appro-priation Act

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 SETA 6 064 - - 6 064 6 064 100% 6 123 SABC - - - - 12 1 TOTAL 6 064 - - 6 064 6 076 6 124




- 233 -

ANNEXURE 1B STATEMENT OF TRANSFERS TO NON-PROFIT INSTITUTIONS

NON-PROFIT INSTITUTIONS

TRANSFER ALLOCATION EXPENDITURE 2015/16 Adjusted Appro-priation Act Roll overs

Adjust-ments

Total Available

Actual Transfer

% of Available funds transferred

Appro-priation Act

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 Transfers Public Ordinary Schools 181 156 - - 181 156 181 295 100% 198 055 School Nutrition(Grant) 144 192 - - 144 192 147 670 102% 135 827 Special Schools 10 480 - - 10 480 9 842 94% 9 980 Independent Schools 8 725 - - 8 725 8 723 100% 8 309 Early Childhood Development 13 391 - - 13 391 12 837 96% 14 011 School Nutrition (Voted) 9 425 - - 9 425 9 180 97% 11 135 CG Social Sector EPWP 2 025 - - 2 025 1 567 77% - Maths, Science and Technology GC 3 889 - - 3 889 3 455 89% - TOTAL 373 283 - - 373 283 374 569 377 317




- 234 -

ANNEXURE 1C STATEMENT OF TRANSFERS TO HOUSEHOLDS

HOUSEHOLDS

TRANSFER ALLOCATION EXPENDITURE 2015/16 Adjusted Appro-priation Act

Roll Overs

Adjust-ments

Total Available

Actual Transfer

% of Available funds Transferred

Appro-priation Act

R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 R'000 % R'000 Transfers Bursaries 39 781 - - 39 781 26 005 65% 41 143 H/H Empl S/Ben: Leave Gratuity 10 000 - - 10 000 29 605 296% 14 000 Donations and Gifts 200 - - 200 204 102% 200 Claims against the state - - - - 9 143 - - - TOTAL 49 981 - - 49 981 64 957 55 343




- 235 -

ANNEXURE 1D STATEMENT OF GIFTS, DONATIONS AND SPONSORSHIPS RECEIVED

NAME OF ORGANISATION NATURE OF GIFT, DONATION OR SPONSORSHIP

2016/17 2015/16

R’000 R’000 Received in cash Globeleq Development Fund - De Aar Solar Reading Coach program and ECD practitioner training 801 808

Globeleq Development Fund - Droogfontein Solar Reading Coach program and ECD practitioner training 690 807

Rooipoort Development (Pty) Ltd Literacy project 1 350 944 Subtotal 2 841 2 559 Received in kind Limpopo Department of Education LTSM – Textbooks - 7 349 Subtotal - 7 349 TOTAL 2 841 9 908




- 236 -

ANNEXURE 2A STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL GUARANTEES ISSUED AS AT 31 MARCH 2017 – LOCAL

Guarantor institution

Guarantee in respect of

Original guaranteed capital amount

Opening balance 1 April 2016

Guarantees draw downs during the year

Guarantees repayments/ cancelled/ reduced/ released during the year Revaluations

Closing balance 31 March 2017

Guaranteed interest for year ended 31 March 2017

Realised losses not recoverable i.e. claims paid out

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 ABSA Housing 45 9 - - - 9 - - FIRST RAND BANK

Housing 250 50 - - - 50 - -

NEDBANK LIMITED

Housing 43 43 - - - 43 - -

OLD MUT (NEDB/P)

Housing 23 23 - - - 23 - -

STANDARD BANK

Housing 84 84 - - - 84 - -

GREENSTART Housing 36 36 - - - 36 - - TOTAL 481 245 - - - 245 - -




- 237 -

ANNEXURE 2B STATEMENT OF CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AS AT 31 MARCH 2017

Nature of Liability

Opening Balance

Liabilities incurred

during the year

Liabilities paid/cancelled/reduced during the

year

Liabilities recoverable (Provide

details hereunder)

Closing Balance

1 April 2016 31 March

2017 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

Claims against the department Inis Consulting 2 639 198 2 837 - - Ayton obo T Curtley 758 117 - - 875 Eugene Barnard 1 238 191 - - 1 429 Mr and Mrs Sias 221 34 - - 255 FW Nero 687 106 - - 793 AD Moapese and 8 others 914 - 914 - - Top Security Systems 2 - - - 2 KALEIGH VAN DER MERWE 6 1 - - 7 S Lubisi 396 36 - - 432 Swan Risk 146 13 - - 159 Conrad Charles Starr - 24 - - 24 MJ Eskteen obo M Beukes - 2 367 - - 2 367 Willem Links 2 350 - - - 2 350 Rouline Afrika 3 000 30 682 - - 33 682 LH Christopher 138 21 - - 159 Winston Moakhuane - 1 151 - - 1 151 Hanover Junction Supermarket - 117 117 - - VN Sikondwana - 191 - - 191 HV Lenga 223 - - - 223 Motheo IT 1 923 - - - 1 923 FM Cronje 147 23 - - 170




- 238 -

Nature of Liability

Opening Balance

Liabilities incurred

during the year

Liabilities paid/cancelled/reduced during the

year

Liabilities recoverable (Provide

details hereunder)

Closing Balance

1 April 2016 31 March

2017 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

IS Steyn 250 - - - 250 L Dichabe 42 7 - - 49 S Griqua 5 643 508 - - 6 151 AM Modiakgotla 180 - - - 180 Bridgette Riet 1 124 175 - - 1 299 SANTS 2 941 - 2 941 - - NC fleet Management Trading Entity 17 10 - - 27 Pemberley Investments (Pty) Ltd 989 - - - 989 Multiminds 186 t/a cooling solutions - 34 34 - - LL Plaatjies - 32 32 - - Kwinana and Associates InC - 495 - - 495 TOTAL 25 974 36 533 6 875 - 55 632




- 239 -

ANNEXURE 3 CLAIMS RECOVERABLE

Government Entity

Confirmed balance outstanding

Unconfirmed balance outstanding Total

Cash in transit at year end 2016/17

31/03/2017 31/03/2016 31/03/2017 31/03/2016 31/03/2017 31/03/2016

Receipt date up to

six (6) working

days after year end Amount

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 Department Department of Co-operative Governance -GP

3 3 - - 3 3

Department of Education - LP 133 24 - 13 133 37 Department of Education - WC - 232 - 232 Department of Education –GP 23 - 37 - 60 - Department of Education – FS - - 126 321 126 321 Department of Education – NW 443 696 120 70 563 766 Department of Education - MP - - 23 - 23 - Department of Education - KZN - - 38 - 38 - Department of Higher Education - 2 816 4 306 - 4 306 2 816 Department of Roads and Public Works - NC - - - 13 - 13

National Department of Labour 35 - - - 35 - Department of Health - NC 13 - - - 13 - TOTAL 650 3 539 4 650 649 5 300 4 188




- 240 -

ANNEXURE 4 INTER-GOVERNMENT PAYABLES

GOVERNMENT ENTITY


Unconfirmed balance outstanding TOTAL

Cash in transit at year end 2016/17 *

31/03/2017 31/03/2016 31/03/2017 31/03/2016 31/03/2017 31/03/2016

Payment date up to

six (6) working

days before year end Amount

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 DEPARTMENTS South African Police Services - - 31 5 31 5 Department of Education - NW - - - - - - Department of Agriculture - NC - - - 487 - 487 Office of the Premier - NC - - 726 313 726 313 Department of Transport, Safety and Liaison - - 75 78 75 78

Department of Trade and Industry - - - - - - Department of Education - KZN - - - - - - Department of Justice and Constitutional Development 252 - 22 24 274 24

Department of Education - FS - 23 - 77 - 100 Department Roads and Public Works – NC - - 2 - 2 -

TOTAL 252 23 856 984 1 108 1 007




- 241 -

ANNEXURE 5 INVENTORIES

Inventory Note Quantity 2016/17 Quantity 2015/16 R’000 R’000

Opening balance 24 605 2 622 16 758 1 521 Add/(Less): Adjustments to prior year balance - - - - Add: Additions/Purchases - Cash 309 196 27 700 430 024 39 874 Add: Additions - Non-cash - - 37 751 7 349 (Less): Disposals - - - - (Less): Issues (317 519) (28 540) (459 928) (46 122) Add/(Less): Adjustments - - - - Closing balance 16 282 1 782 24 605 2 622




- 242 -

ANNEXURE 6 MOVEMENT IN CAPITAL WORK IN PROGRESS MOVEMENT IN CAPITAL WORK IN PROGRESS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Opening balance

Current Year Capital WIP

Completed Assets

Closing balance

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT 35 508 - (29 334) 6 174 Other machinery and equipment 35 508 - (29 334) 6 174 BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES 185 456 374 467 (302 455) 257 468 Non-residential buildings 185 456 374 467 (302 455) 257 468 TOTAL 220 964 374 467 (331 789) 263 642

MOVEMENT IN CAPITAL WORK IN PROGRESS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Opening balance

Prior period error

Current Year Capital WIP

Completed Assets

Closing balance

R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT Other machinery and equipment - - 35 508 - 35 508 BUILDINGS AND OTHER FIXED STRUCTURES

Non-residential buildings 441 191 (146 506) 293 675 (402 904) 185 456 TOTAL 441 191 (146 506) 329 183 (402 904) 220 964

243

ANNEXURE 7 INTER-ENTITY ADVANCES RECEIVED (note 21 AND note 22)

ENTITY


Unconfirmed balance outstanding TOTAL

31/03/2017 31/03/2016 31/03/2017 31/03/2016 31/03/2017 31/03/2016 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000 R’000

NATIONAL DEPARTMENTS Current Department of Basic Education (Ana) - 13 - - - 13

Subtotal - 13 - - - 13 OTHER ENTITIES Current De-Aar Solar 312 485 - - 312 485 Literacy Globeleq De-Aar Solar

136 281 - - 136 281

Droog Solar 230 417 - - 230 417 Literacy Globeleq Droog Solar

375 349 - - 375 349

Literacy Rooipoort 385 337 - - 385 337 SAASTA 68 68 - - 68 68 Subtotal 1 506 1 937 - - 1 506 1 937 TOTAL 1 506 1 950 - - 1 506 1 950 Current 1 506 1 950 - - 1 506 1 950 Non-current - - - - - -

Project

HistoryMinitexOral

Library

UniversityCollege

Experiment

Cent

Requests

Project

History

Minitex

OralLibrary

University

College

Experiment

Cent

Requests

Project

History

Requests

OralLibrary

College

Cent

MinitexUniversity

Experiment

MinitexUniversity

ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Exp

erim

ent

Project

History

MinitexUniversity

Experiment

MinitexUniversity

Experiment

OralLibrary

College


ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Experim

ent

MinitexUniversity


College


ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Exp

erim

ent

PROJECT

Project

History

Requests

UNIVERSITY

OralLibrary

College

Cent

Oral

Library

College

Cent

EXPERIM

ENT

Project

History

Requests

MinitexUniversity


College


ExperimentProject

History

Requests

Minitex

University

Experim

ent

HISTORY

I.K. Nkoane Education House

156 Barkley RoadHomesteadKimberley

8301Tel: 053 839 6500

Fax: 053 839 6580/1

Namakwa District

Corner Phillip & Bree StreetSpringbok

8240Tel: 027 718 8600Fax: 027 718 1572

John Taolo Gaetsewe District

6164 Kgosi Mothibi RoadMothibistad

8474Tel: 053 773 9200Fax: 053 773 1804

Frances Baard District

9 Hayston RoadHadison Park

Kimberley 8301

Tel: 053 830 1602Fax: 053 832 7975

ZF Mgcawu

2 JG Smith StreetProgressUpington

8801Tel: 054 337 6300Fax: 054 337 6393

Pixley Ka Seme District

Alpha RoadHappy Vally

De Aar7000

Tel: 053 632 9200Fax: 053 631 3250 / 3208

requests college project library experiment...northern cape department of education 2016/17 project...

Documents